0% found this document useful (0 votes)
17 views

CSProxy Cache

Uploaded by

David Anthony HC
Copyright
© © All Rights Reserved
We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.
Available Formats
Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd
0% found this document useful (0 votes)
17 views

CSProxy Cache

Uploaded by

David Anthony HC
Copyright
© © All Rights Reserved
We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.
Available Formats
Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd
You are on page 1/ 148

BA00274P/00/EN/18.

16 Products Solutions Services


71336359
valid from Software version:
02.30.zz

Description of Instrument Functions


Cerabar S PMC71, PMP71, PMP75
Deltabar S FMD77 / 78, PMD75
Deltapilot S FMB70
Process pressure / Differential pressure, Flow /
Hydrostatic
Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Order code: XXXXX-XXXXXX


1. Ser. no.: XXXXXXXXXXXX
Ext. ord. cd.: XXX.XXXX.XX

Serial number

2. www.endress.com/deviceviewer Endress+Hauser
Operations App

3.

A0023555

Make sure the document is stored in a safe place such that it is always available when
working on or with the device.
To avoid danger to individuals or the facility, read the "Basic safety instructions" section
carefully, as well as all other safety instructions in the document that are specific to
working procedures.
The manufacturer reserves the right to modify technical data without prior notice. Your
Endress+Hauser Sales Center will supply you with current information and updates to these
Instructions.

2 Endress+Hauser
Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Table of contents
1 Document information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
1.1 Symbols used . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

2 Basic safety instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

3 Notes on use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

4 Pressure measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
4.1 Calibration with reference pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
4.2 Calibration without reference pressure . . . . . . . . . 6

5 Level measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
5.1 Overview of level measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
5.2 "Level Easy Pressure" level selection . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
5.3 "Level Easy Height" level selection . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
5.4 "Level Standard" level selection,
"Linear" level type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
5.5 "Level Standard" level selection,
"Pressure Linearized" level type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
5.6 "Level Standard" level selection,
"Height Linearized" level type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26

6 Flow measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
6.1 Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
6.2 Totalizers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35

7 On-site display operating menu . . . . . 36

8 FieldCare operating menu . . . . . . . . . . 43

9 Description of parameters . . . . . . . . . . 62

10 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .131
10.1 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
10.2 Response of outputs to errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
10.3 Confirming messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141

Index. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .142

Endress+Hauser 3
Document information Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

1 Document information

1.1 Symbols used

1.1.1 Safety symbols

Symbol Meaning

DANGER!
DANGER This symbol alerts you to a dangerous situation. Failure to avoid this situation will result in
A0011189-DE seriousor fatal injury.

WARNING!
WARNING This symbol alerts you to a dangerous situation. Failure to avoid this situation can result in
A0011190-DE seriousor fatal injury.

CAUTION!
CAUTION This symbol alerts you to a dangerous situation. Failure to avoid this situation can result in
A0011191-DE
minoror medium injury.

NOTICE!
NOTICE This symbol contains information on procedures and other facts which do not result in
A0011192-DE personalinjury.

1.1.2 Symbols for certain types of information

Symbol Meaning

Tip
Indicates additional information.
A0011193

2 Basic safety instructions


Siehe Betriebsanleitung:
Deltabar S BA00270P
Cerabar S BA00271P
Deltapilot S BA00332P

3 Notes on use

Typical examples of configuration see chapter 4 to 6

Operating menu of the on-site display see Chapter 7

FieldCare operating menu see Chapter 8

Parameter description see Chapter 9

Finding parameter description using parameter names (index) see Page 142

4 Endress+Hauser
Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART Pressure measurement

4 Pressure measurement

4.1 Calibration with reference pressure


Example:
In this example, a device with a 500 mbar (7.5 psi) sensor is configured for the 0...+300
mbar (4.5 psi)measuring range, i.e. 0 mbar and 300 mbar (4.5 psi) are assigned to the 4 mA
value and 20 mA value respectively.
Prerequisite:
• The pressure values 0 mbar and 300 mbar (4.5 psi) can be specified. The device is already
installed, for example.
• See also Operating Instructions Deltabar S (BA00270P), Section "Differential pressure
measurement", Cerabar S (BA00271P), Section "Pressure measurement" or Deltapilot S
(BA00332P), Section "Pressure measurement".
• For a description of the parameters mentioned, see
– Page 62, Table 2: MEASURING MODE
– Page 68, Table 6: POSITION ADJUSTMENT
– Page 69, Table 7: BASIC SETUP.
• For a description of further relevant parameters, see
– Page 100, Table 15: EXTENDED SETUP
– Page 120, Table 25: PROCESS VALUES.
! WARNING
Changing the measuring mode can affect the adjustment data!
This situation can result in product overflow.
‣ Check calibration data when the measuring mode is changed.

Endress+Hauser 5
Pressure measurement Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Description

1 Deltabar S: before configuring the device for your


application, the pressure piping must be cleaned and
filled with fluid. See Operating Instructions
BA00270P.

2 Carry out position adjustment if necessary. See Page


68, Table 6: POSITION ADJUSTMENT. + –
3 If necessary, select the "Pressure" measuring mode
via the MEASURING MODE parameter.
On-site display:
Menu path: GROUP SELECTION MEASURING
MODE
Digital communication:
See Page 62
P01-PMD75xxx-19-xx-xx-xx-000

4 On-site display:
Select BASIC SETUP function group.
Menu path: GROUP SELECTION OPERATING I
[mA]
MENU SETTINGS BASIC SETUP

5 Select a pressure unit via the PRESS. ENG. UNIT ➁ 20


parameter, here mbar for example.

6 The pressure for the lower range value (4 mA value)


is present at the device, here 0 mbar for example.

Select GET LRV parameter.

Confirm value present. The pressure value present is


assigned to the lower current value (4 mA).
➀ 4
p
7 The pressure for the upper range value (20 mA 0 300
[mbar]
value) is present at the device, here 300 mbar (4.5
psi) for example.
P01-xxxxxxxx-05-xx-xx-xx-010
Select GET URV parameter. Fig. 1: Calibration with reference pressure
Confirm value present. The pressure value present is 1 See table, step 6.
assigned to the upper current value (20 mA). 2 See table, step 7.

8 Result:
The measuring range is set for 0...+300 mbar (4.5
psi).

You can also specify a customer-specific unit. See parameter description for PRESS. ENG.
UNIT (Page 69).

4.2 Calibration without reference pressure


Example:
In this example, a device with a 400 mbar (6 psi) sensor is configured for the 0...+300 mbar
(4.5 psi) measuring range, i.e. 0 mbar and 300 mbar (4.5 psi) are assigned to the 4 mA value
and 20 mA value respectively.
Prerequisite:
• This is a theoretical calibration, i.e. the pressure values for the lower range and upper
range value are known.
• See also Operating Instructions Deltabar S (BA00270P), Section "Differential pressure
measurement", Cerabar S (BA00271P), Section "Pressure measurement" or Deltapilot S
(BA00332P), Section "Pressure measurement".
• Due to the orientation of the device, there may be a shift in the measured value, i.e. when
the container is empty, the MEASURED VALUE parameter does not display zero. To
perform a position adjustment see also Page 68, Table 6: Position adjustment.

6 Endress+Hauser
Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART Pressure measurement

• For a description of the parameters mentioned, see


– Page 62, Table 2: MEASURING MODE
– Page 68, Table 6: POSITION ADJUSTMENT
– Page 69, Table 7: BASIC SETUP.
• For a description of further relevant parameters, see
– Page 100, Table 15: EXTENDED SETUP
– Page 120, Table 27: PROCESS VALUES.
! WARNING
Changing the measuring mode can affect the adjustment data!
This situation can result in product overflow.
‣ Check calibration data when the measuring mode is changed.

Description

1 If necessary, select the "Pressure" measuring mode


via the MEASURING MODE parameter.
On-site display:
Menu path: GROUP SELECTION MEASURING
MODE
Digital communication:
See Page 62

2 On-site display:
Select BASIC SETUP function group.
Menu path: GROUP SELECTION OPERATING
MENU SETTINGS BASIC SETUP P01-PMP71xxx-19-xx-xx-xx-000

3 Select a pressure unit via the PRESS. ENG. UNIT


parameter, here mbar for example. I
[mA]
4 Select SET LRV parameter.
Enter value, here 0 mbar, for the SET LRV parameter ➁ 20
and confirm. This pressure value is assigned to the
lower current value (4 mA).

5 Select SET URV parameter.

Enter value, here 300 mbar (4.5 psi), for the SET
URV parameter and confirm. This pressure value is
assigned to the upper current value (20 mA).

6 Result: ➀ 4
p
0 300
The measuring range is set for 0...+300 mbar (4.5 [mbar]
psi).
P01-xxxxxxxx-05-xx-xx-xx-010

Fig. 2: Calibration without reference pressure


1 See table, step 4.
2 See table, step 5.

• You can also perform calibration without reference pressure by means of the QUICK SETUP
menu. See Page 64 ff, Table 3: QUICK SETUP menu.
• You can also specify a customer-specific unit. See parameter description for PRESS. ENG.
UNIT (Page 69).

Endress+Hauser 7
Level measurement Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

5 Level measurement

5.1 Overview of level measurement

Measuring task LEVEL SELECTION/ Measured Description Comment Measured value


LEVEL MODE variable options display

The measured variable is in LEVEL SELECTION: Via OUTPUT UNIT – Calibration with – Incorrect entries are The measured value
direct proportion to the Level Easy Pressure parameter: %, level, reference pressure – possible display and the LEVEL
measured pressure. volume or mass wet calibration, see – SIL mode possible BEFORE LIN parameter
Calibration is performed by units. Page 9, Section 5.2.1 – Customised units are show the measured
entering two pressure-level – Calibration without not possible value.
value pairs. reference pressure –
dry calibration, see
Page 11, Section 5.2.2
The measured variable is in LEVEL SELECTION: Via OUTPUT UNIT – Calibration with – Incorrect entries are The measured value
direct proportion to the Level Easy Height parameter: %, level, reference pressure – possible display and the LEVEL
measured pressure. volume or mass wet calibration, see – SIL mode not possible BEFORE LIN parameter
Calibration is performed by units. Page 13, Section 5.3.1 – Customised units are show the measured
entering the density and – Calibration without not possible value.
two height-level value reference pressure –
pairs. dry calibration, see
Page 15, Section 5.3.2

The measured variable is in LEVEL SELECTION: Via LIN. – Calibration with – Incorrect entries are The measured value
direct proportion to the Level standard/ MEASURAND reference pressure – rejected by the device display and the LEVEL
measured pressure. LEVEL MODE: parameter: wet calibration, see – SIL mode not possible BEFORE LIN parameter
Linear – % (Level) Page 17, Section 5.4.1 – Customised level, show the measured
– Level – Calibration without volume and mass value.
– Volume reference pressure – units are possible
– Mass dry calibration, see
Page 19, Section 5.4.2
The measured variable is LEVEL SELECTION: Via LINd – Calibration with – Incorrect entries are The measured value
not in direct proportion to Level standard/ MEASURAND reference pressure: rejected by the device display and the TANK
the measured pressure as, LEVEL MODE: parameter: semiautomatic entry – SIL mode not possible CONTENT parameter
for example, with Pressure Linearized – Pressure + % of linearisation table, – Customised level, show the measured
containers with a conical – Pressure + see Page 21, Section volume and mass value.
outlet. A Volume 5.5.1 units are possible
linearisation table must be – Pressure + Mass – Calibration without
entered for the calibration. reference pressure:
manual entry of
linearisation table, see
Page 24, Section 5.5.2

– Two measured variables LEVEL SELECTION: Via COMB. – Calibration with – Incorrect entries are The measured value
are required or Level standard/ MEASURAND reference pressure: rejected by the device display and the TANK
– The container shape is LEVEL MODE: parameter: wet calibration and – SIL mode not possible CONTENT parameter
given by value pairs, such Height Linearized – Height + Volume semiautomatic entry – Customised level, show the 2nd
as height and volume. – Height + Mass of linearisation table, volume and mass measured value
– Height + % see Page 26, Section units are possible (volume, mass or %).
The 1st measured variable
%-height or height must be – %-Height + 5.6.1
Volume – Calibration without The LEVEL BEFORE
in direct proportion to the
– %-Height + Mass reference pressure: LIN parameter displays
measured pressure. The
2nd measured variable – %-Height + % dry calibration and the 1st measured value
manual entry of (%-height or height).
volume, mass or % must
linearisation table, see
not be in direct proportion
to the measured pressure. Page 30, Section 5.6.2
A linearisation table must
be entered for the 2nd
measured variable. The 2nd
measured variable is
assigned to the 1st
measured variable by
means of this table.

8 Endress+Hauser
Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART Level measurement

5.2 "Level Easy Pressure" level selection

5.2.1 Calibration with reference pressure – wet calibration


Example:
In this example, the level in a tank should be measured in m. The maximum level is 3 m (9.8
ft). The pressure range is set to 0 to 300 mbar (4.5 psi).
Prerequisite:
• The measured variable is in direct proportion to the pressure.
• The tank can be filled or emptied.
• See also Operating Instructions for Deltabar S (BA00270P) or Cerabar S (BA00271P),
Section "Level measurement" or Deltapilot S (BA00332P), Section "Level measurement".
• The values entered for EMPTY CALIB./FULL CALIB. and SET LRV/SET URV must have a
minimum interval of 1% for the "Level Easy Pressure" level mode. The value will be rejected
with a warning message if the values are too close together. Further limit values are not
checked; i.e. the values entered must be appropriate for the sensor and the measuring task
so that the measuring device can measure correctly.
• For a description of the parameters mentioned, see
– Page 62, Table 2: MEASURING MODE
– Page 68, Table 6: POSITION ADJUSTMENT
– Page 70, Table 8: LEVEL SELECTION "Level Easy Pressure"
• For a description of further relevant parameters, see
– Page 100, Table 16: EXTENDED SETUP
– Page 121, Table 28: PROCESS VALUES.
! WARNING
Changing the measuring mode can affect the adjustment data!
This situation can result in product overflow.
‣ Check calibration data when the measuring mode is changed.

Description
1 Deltabar S: Before you configure the device for your
application, the pressure piping must be cleaned and
filled with medium. See Operating Instructions ➁
300 mbar
BA00270P.
3m
2 Carry out position adjustment if necessary. See Page
68, Table 6: POSITION ADJUSTMENT.

3 If necessary, select the "Level" measuring mode via


the MEASURING MODE parameter. ➀
0 mbar
On-site display: 0m
Menu path: GROUP SELECTION  MEASURING
MODE
Digital communication:
See Page 62
P01-PMP75xxx-19-xx-xx-xx-008
4 If necessary, select "Level Easy Pressure" level mode
using the LEVEL SELECTION parameter. Fig. 3: Calibration with reference pressure –
wet calibration
On-site display: 1 See Table, Step 9.
Menu path: GROUP SELECTION  MEASURING 2 See Table, Step 10.
MODE "Level"  LEVEL SELECTION
Digital communication:
See Page 63

Endress+Hauser 9
Level measurement Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Description

5 On-site display:
Select BASIC SETUP function group. Menu path: h
GROUP SELECTION OPERATING MENU  [m]
SETTINGS BASIC SETUP
➁ 3
6 Select a pressure unit via the PRESS. ENG. UNIT
parameter, here mbar for example.

7 Select a level unit via the OUTPUT UNIT parameter,


here m for example.

8 Select the "Wet" option by means of the


CALIBRATION MODE parameter.

9 Hydrostatic pressure for the lower calibration point ➀ 0


p
is present at the device, here 0 mbar for example. 0 300
[mbar]
Select EMPTY CALIB. parameter. P01-xxxxxxxx-05-xx-xx-xx-011

Enter the level value, here 0 m for example. Confirm


the value to assign the pressure value present to the I
lower level value. [mA]
To accept the value displayed you must first switch
to the Edit mode (see the "Editing values" section) ➃ 20
and then press the  button to save the value.

10 Hydrostatic pressure for the upper calibration point


is present at the device, here 300 mbar (4.5 psi) for
example.

Select FULL CALIB. parameter.

Enter the level value, here 3 m (9.8 ft) for example. ➂ 4


Confirm the value to assign the pressure value 0 3 h
present to the upper level value. [m]
P01-xxxxxxxx-05-xx-xx-xx-014

To accept the value displayed you must first switch Fig. 4: Calibration with reference pressure –
to the Edit mode (see the "Editing values" section) wet calibration
and then press the  button to save the value. 1 See Table, Step 9.
2 See Table, Step 10.
11 Set the value for the lower current value (4 mA) by 3 See Table, Step 11.
means of the SET LRV parameter. 4 See Table, Step 12.

12 Set the value for the upper current value (20 mA) by
means of the SET URV parameter.

13 Result:
The measuring range is set for 0 to 3 m (9.8 ft).

1. You can also perform calibration with reference pressure by means of the QUICK SETUP
menu. See Page 65 ff, Table 4: QUICK SETUP menu.
2. For this level mode, the measured variables %, level, volume and mass are available. 
See also parameter description for OUTPUT UNIT, Page 71.
3. For operation using the on-site display, the parameters EMPTY CALIB. (Page 72) and
FULL CALIB. (Page 73) also show the respective pressure present at the device. For
operation using Digital communication, the pressure present at the device is displayed
in the PROCESS VALUES group (menu path: OPERATING MENUPROCESSINFO 
PROCESS VALUES).

10 Endress+Hauser
Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART Level measurement

5.2.2 Calibration without reference pressure – dry calibration


Example:
In this example, the volume in a tank should be measured in litres.The maximum volume of
1000 litres (264 US gal) corresponds to a pressure of 450 mbar (6.75 psi). The minimum
volume of 0 litres corresponds to a pressure of 50 mbar (0.75 psi), as the device is mounted
below the level lower range value. The device is mounted below the level lower range value.
Prerequisite:
• The measured variable is in direct proportion to the pressure.
• This is a theoretical calibration i.e. the pressure and volume values for the lower and upper
calibration point must be known.
• See also Operating Instructions for Deltabar S (BA00270P) or Cerabar S (BA00271P),
Section "Level measurement" or Deltapilot S (BA00332P), Section "Level measurement".
• The values entered for EMPTY CALIB./FULL CALIB. and SET LRV/SET URV must have a
minimum interval of 1% for the "Level Easy Pressure" level mode. The value will be rejected
with a warning message if the values are too close together. Further limit values are not
checked; i.e. the values entered must be appropriate for the sensor and the measuring task
so that the measuring device can measure correctly.
• Due to the orientation of the device, there may be a shift in the measured value, i.e. when
the container is empty, the MEASURED VALUE parameter does not display zero. To
perform a position adjustment see also Page 68, Table 6: Position adjustment.
• For a description of the parameters mentioned, see
– Page 62, Table 2: MEASURING MODE
– Page 70, Table 8: LEVEL SELECTION "Level Easy Pressure"
• For a description of further relevant parameters, see
– Page 100, Table 16: EXTENDED SETUP
– Page 121, Table 28: PROCESS VALUES.
! WARNING
Changing the measuring mode can affect the adjustment data!
This situation can result in product overflow.
‣ Check calibration data when the measuring mode is changed.

Description

1 Select the "Level" measuring mode via the


2
MEASURING MODE parameter.
1000 l
On-site display:
Menu path: GROUP SELECTION  MEASURING
MODE 450 mba
Digital communication:
1
See Page 62
0l
2 If necessary, select "Level Easy Pressure" level mode
using the LEVEL SELECTION parameter. 50 mbar

On-site display: ρ = 1 kg3


dm
Menu path: GROUP SELECTION  MEASURING
MODE "Level"  LEVEL SELECTION
Digital communication:
See Page 63 P01-PMC71xxx-19-xx-xx-xx-000

Fig. 5: Calibration without reference pressure –


3 On-site display: dry calibration
Select BASIC SETUP function group. Menu path: 1 See Table, Steps 7 and 8.
GROUP SELECTION  OPERATING MENU  2 See Table, Steps 9 and 10.
SETTINGS BASIC SETUP

Endress+Hauser 11
Level measurement Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Description

4 Select a pressure unit via the PRESS. ENG. UNIT


parameter, here mbar for example. V
[l]
5 Select a volume unit via the OUTPUT UNIT
parameter, here l (litres) for example.. ➂ 1000
6 Select the "Dry" option by means of the
CALIBRATION MODE parameter.

7 Enter the volume value for the lower calibration


point via the EMPTY CALIB. parameter, here 0 l for
example.

8 Enter the pressure value for the lower calibration


point via the EMPTY PRESSURE parameter, here 50 ➀ 0
p
50 450
mbar (0.75 psi) for example.
➁ ➃ [mbar]
9 Enter the volume value for the upper calibration P01-xxxxxxxx-05-xx-xx-xx-026

point via the FULL CALIB. parameter, here 1000 l


(264 gal) for example. I
[mA]
10 Enter the pressure value for the upper calibration
point via the FULL PRESSURE parameter, here 450
mbar (6.75 psi) for example.
➅ 20

11 Set the value for the lower current value (4 mA) by


means of the SET LRV parameter.

12 Set the value for the upper current value (20 mA) by
means of the SET URV parameter.

13 Result:
The measuring range is set for 0 to 1000 l (264 gal). ➄ 4
0 1000 V
[l]
P01-xxxxxxxx-05-xx-xx-xx-028

Fig. 6: Calibration with reference pressure –


wet calibration
1 See Table, Step 7.
2 See Table, Step 8.
3 See Table, Step 9.
4 See Table, Step 10.
5 See Table, Step 11.
6 See Table, Step 12.

For this level mode, the measured variables %, level, volume and mass are available. See
also parameter description for OUTPUT UNIT, Page 71.

12 Endress+Hauser
Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART Level measurement

5.3 "Level Easy Height" level selection

5.3.1 Calibration with reference pressure – wet calibration


Example:
In this example, the volume in a tank should be measured in litres. The maximum volume of
1000 litres (264 US gal) corresponds to a level of 4.5 m (15 ft). The minimum volume of 0
litres corresponds to a level of 0.5 m (1.6 ft), as the device is mounted below the level lower
range value. The density of the medium is 1 kg/dm3.
Prerequisite:
• The measured variable is in direct proportion to the pressure.
• The tank can be filled or emptied.
• See also Operating Instructions for Deltabar S (BA00270P) or Cerabar S (BA00271P),
Section "Level measurement" or Deltapilot S (BA00332P), Section "Level measurement".
• The values entered for EMPTY CALIB./FULL CALIB., EMPTY PRESSURE/FULL PRESSURE,
EMPTY HEIGHT/FULL HEIGHT and SET LRV/SET URV must have a minimum interval of
1% for the "Level Easy Height" level mode. The value will be rejected with a warning
message if the values are too close together. Further limit values are not checked; i.e. the
values entered must be appropriate for the sensor and the measuring task so that the
measuring device can measure correctly.
• For a description of the parameters mentioned, see
– Page 62, Table 2: MEASURING MODE
– Page 68, Table 6: POSITION ADJUSTMENT
– Page 73, Table 9: LEVEL SELECTION "Level Easy Height"
• For a description of further relevant parameters, see
– Page 100, Table 16: EXTENDED SETUP
– Page 121, Table 28: PROCESS VALUES.
! WARNING
Changing the measuring mode can affect the adjustment data!
This situation can result in product overflow.
‣ Check calibration data when the measuring mode is changed.

Description

1 Deltabar S: Before you configure the device for your


3
application, the pressure piping must be cleaned and
1000 l
filled with medium. See Operating Instructions
BA00270P.

2 Carry out position adjustment if necessary. See Page 4,5 m


68, Table 6: POSITION ADJUSTMENT.
2
3 Select the "Level" measuring mode via the 0l
MEASURING MODE parameter.
0,5 m
On-site display: 1
Menu path: GROUP SELECTION  MEASURING ρ = 1 kg3
MODE dm

Digital communication:
See Page 62
P01-PMC71xxx-19-xx-xx-xx-001
4 If necessary, select the "Level Easy Height" level mode Fig. 7: Calibration with reference pressure –
using the LEVEL SELECTION parameter. wet calibration
On-site display: 1 See Table, Steps 10 and 11.
Menu path: GROUP SELECTION  MEASURING 2 See Table, Step 12.
MODE "Level"  LEVEL SELECTION 3 See Table, Step 13.

Digital communication:
See Page 63

5 On-site display:
Select BASIC SETUP function group. Menu path:
GROUP SELECTION  OPERATING MENU 
SETTINGS BASIC SETUP

Endress+Hauser 13
Level measurement Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Description

6 Select a pressure unit via the PRESS. ENG. UNIT


parameter, here mbar for example. h p
[m] h = r · g
7 Select a volume unit via the OUTPUT UNIT
parameter, here l (litres) for example.. 4.5

8 Select a height unit via the HEIGHT UNIT parameter,


here m for example. ➀
9 Select the "Wet" option via the CALIBRATION MODE g
r=1
parameter. cm3

10 Select a density unit via the DENSITY UNIT


parameter, here kg/dm3 for example.
0.5
49 441 p
11 Enter the density of the fluid using the ADJUST
[mbar]
DENSITY parameter, here kg/dm3 for example.
P01-xxxxxxxx-05-xx-xx-xx-029
12 Enter the volume value for the lower calibration
point via the EMPTY CALIB. parameter, here 0 l for V
example. (The currently measured hydrostatic [l]
pressure is displayed as height, here 0.5 m (1.6 ft)
for example.) ➂ 1000
To accept the value displayed you must first switch
to the Edit mode (see the "Editing values" section)
and then press the  button to save the value.

13 Enter the volume value for the upper calibration


point via the FULL CALIB. parameter, here 1000 l p
h= ρ·g
(264 US gal) for example. (The currently measured
hydrostatic pressure is displayed as height, here 4.5 ➁ 0
m (15 ft) for example.) 0.5 4.5 h
[m]
To accept the value displayed you must first switch P01-xxxxxxxx-05-xx-xx-xx-030

to the Edit mode (see the "Editing values" section)


and then press the  button to save the value. I
[mA]
14 Set the value for the lower current value (4 mA) by
means of the SET LRV parameter.
➄ 20
15 Set the value for the upper current value (20 mA) by
means of the SET URV parameter.

16 Result:
The measuring range is set for 0 to 1000 l (264 US
gal).

➃ 4
0 1000 V
[l]
P01-xxxxxxxx-05-xx-xx-xx-031

Fig. 8: Calibration with reference pressure –


wet calibration
1 See Table, Steps 10 and 11.
2 See Table, Step 12.
3 See Table, Step 13.
4 See Table, Step 14.
5 See Table, Step 15.

For this level mode, the measured variables %, level, volume and mass are available. See
also parameter description for OUTPUT UNIT, Page 75.

14 Endress+Hauser
Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART Level measurement

5.3.2 Calibration without reference pressure – dry calibration


Example:
In this example, the volume in a tank should be measured in litres. The maximum volume is
1000 l (264 US gal), and the maximum height is 4.5 m (15 ft). The minimum volume of 0
litres corresponds to a level of 0.5 m (1.6 ft), as the device is mounted below the level lower
range value. The density of the fluid is 1 kg/dm3.
Prerequisite:
• The measured variable is in direct proportion to the pressure.
• This is a theoretical calibration i.e. the height and volume values for the lower and upper
calibration point must be known.
• See also Operating Instructions for Deltabar S (BA00270P) or Cerabar S (BA00271P),
Section "Level measurement" or Deltapilot S (BA00332P), Section "Level measurement".
• The values entered for EMPTY CALIB./FULL CALIB., EMPTY PRESSURE/FULL PRESSURE,
EMPTY HEIGHT/FULL HEIGHT and SET LRV/SET URV must have a minimum interval of
1% for the "Level Easy Height" level mode. The value will be rejected with a warning
message if the values are too close together. Further limit values are not checked; i.e. the
values entered must be appropriate for the sensor and the measuring task so that the
measuring device can measure correctly.
• Due to the orientation of the device, there may be a shift in the measured value, i.e. when
the container is empty, the MEASURED VALUE parameter does not display zero. To
perform a position adjustment see also Page , Table 6: Position adjustment.
• For a description of the parameters mentioned, see
– Page 62, Table 2: MEASURING MODE
– Page 73, Table 9: LEVEL SELECTION "Level Easy Height"
• For a description of further relevant parameters, see
– Page 100, Table 16: EXTENDED SETUP
– Page 121, Table 28: PROCESS VALUES.
! WARNING
Changing the measuring mode can affect the adjustment data!
This situation can result in product overflow.
‣ Check calibration data when the measuring mode is changed.

Description

1 Select the "Level" measuring mode via the


3
MEASURING MODE parameter.
1000 l
On-site display:
Menu path: GROUP SELECTION  MEASURING
MODE 4,5 m
Digital communication: 2
See Page 62 0l
2 If necessary, select "Level Easy Height" level mode
using the LEVEL SELECTION parameter. 0,5 m
1
On-site display: ρ = 1 kg3
dm
Menu path: GROUP SELECTION  MEASURING
MODE "Level"  LEVEL SELECTION
Digital communication:
See Page 63 P01-PMC71xxx-19-xx-xx-xx-007

Fig. 9: Calibration without reference pressure –


3 On-site display: dry calibration
Select BASIC SETUP function group. Menu path: 1 See Table, Steps 8 and 9.
GROUP SELECTION  OPERATING MENU  2 See Table, Steps 10 and 11.
SETTINGS BASIC SETUP 3 See Table, Steps 12 and 13.

Endress+Hauser 15
Level measurement Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Description

4 Select a pressure unit via the PRESS. ENG. UNIT


parameter, here mbar for example. h p
[m] h = r · g
5 Select a volume unit via the OUTPUT UNIT
parameter, here l (litres) for example. 4.5

6 Select a height unit via the HEIGHT UNIT parameter,


here m for example. ➀
7 Select the "Dry" option via the CALIBRATION MODE g
r=1
parameter. cm3

8 Select a density unit via the DENSITY UNIT


parameter, here kg/dm3 for example.
0.5
49 441 p
9 Enter the density of the fluid using the ADJUST
[mbar]
DENSITY parameter, here kg/dm3 for example.
P01-xxxxxxxx-05-xx-xx-xx-029
10 Enter the volume value for the lower calibration
point via the EMPTY CALIB. parameter, here 0 l for V
example. [l]
11 Enter the height value for the lower calibration point
via the EMPTY HEIGHT parameter, here 0.5 m (1.6
➃ 1000
ft) for example.

12 Enter the volume value for the upper calibration


point via the FULL CALIB. parameter, here 1000 l
(litres) (264 US gal) for example.

13 Enter the height value for the upper calibration point p


h= ρ·g
via the FULL HEIGHT parameter, here 4.5 m (15 ft)
for example. ➁ 0
0.5 4.5 h
14 Set the value for the lower current value (4 mA) by [m]
➂ ➄
means of the SET LRV parameter. P01-xxxxxxxx-05-xx-xx-xx-032

15 Set the value for the upper current value (20 mA) by
means of the SET URV parameter. I
[mA]
16 Result:
The measuring range is set for 0 to 1000 l (litres) ➆ 20
(264 US gal).

➅ 4
0 1000 V
[l]
P01-xxxxxxxx-05-xx-xx-xx-033

Fig. 10: Calibration with reference pressure –


wet calibration
1 See Table, Steps 8 and 9.
2 See Table, Step 10.
3 See Table, Step 11.
4 See Table, Step 12.
5 See Table, Step 13.
6 See Table, Step 14.
7 See Table, Step 15.

For this level mode, the measured variables %, level, volume and mass are available. See
also parameter description for OUTPUT UNIT, Page 75.

16 Endress+Hauser
Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART Level measurement

5.4 "Level Standard" level selection,


"Linear" level type

5.4.1 Calibration with reference pressure – wet calibration


Example:
In this example, the level in a tank should be measured in m. The maximum level is 3 m (9.8
ft). The pressure range is set to 0 to 300 mbar (4.5 psi).
Prerequisite:
• The measured variable is in direct proportion to the pressure.
• The tank can be filled or emptied.
• See also Operating Instructions for Deltabar S (BA00270P) or Cerabar S (BA00271P),
Section "Level measurement" or Deltapilot S (BA00332P), Section "Level measurement".
• For a description of the parameters mentioned, see
– Page 62, Table 2: MEASURING MODE
– Page 68, Table 6: POSITION ADJUSTMENT
– Page 77, Table 10: BASIC SETUP
– Page 79, Table 11: BASIC SETUP – "Linear" level type.
• For a description of further relevant parameters, see
– Page 100, Table 16: EXTENDED SETUP
– Page 121, Table 28: PROCESS VALUES.
! WARNING
Changing the measuring mode can affect the adjustment data!
This situation can result in product overflow.
‣ Check calibration data when the measuring mode is changed.

Description

1 Deltabar S: before configuring the device for your


application, the pressure piping must be cleaned and
the device filled with fluid. See Operating ➁
300 mbar
Instructions BA00270P.
3m
2 Carry out position adjustment if necessary. See Page
68, Table 6: POSITION ADJUSTMENT.

3 If necessary, select the "Level" measuring mode via


the MEASURING MODE parameter. ➀
0 mbar
On-site display: 0m
Menu path: GROUP SELECTION  MEASURING
MODE
Digital communication:
See Page 62
P01-PMP75xxx-19-xx-xx-xx-008
4 If necessary, select "Level Standard" level mode using
the LEVEL SELECTION parameter. Fig. 11: Calibration with reference pressure –
wet calibration
On-site display:
1 See table, step 11.
Menu path: GROUP SELECTION  MEASURING 2 See table, step 12.
MODE "Level"  LEVEL SELECTION
Digital communication:
See Page 63

Endress+Hauser 17
Level measurement Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Description

5 On-site display:
Select BASIC SETUP function group. Menu path: h
GROUP SELECTION OPERATING MENU  [m]
SETTINGS BASIC SETUP
➁ 3
6 Select a pressure unit via the PRESS. ENG. UNIT
parameter, here mbar for example.

7 Select the "Linear" option by means of the LEVEL


MODE parameter.

8 Select the "Level" option by means of the LIN.


MEASURAND parameter.

9 Select a level unit via the HEIGHT UNIT parameter, ➀ 0


p
here m for example. 0 300
[mbar]
10 Select the "Wet" option by means of the P01-xxxxxxxx-05-xx-xx-xx-034

CALIBRATION MODE parameter.

11 The pressure for the lower calibration point is I


present at the device, here 0 mbar for example. [mA]

Select EMPTY CALIB. parameter. ➃ 20

Enter the level value, here 0 m for example. Confirm


the value to assign the pressure value present to the
lower level value.

12 The pressure for the upper calibration point is


present at the device, here 450 mbar (6.75 psi) for
example.

Select FULL CALIB. parameter. ➂ 4


0 3 h
Enter the level value, here 3 m (9.8 ft) for example. [m]
Confirm the value to assign the pressure value P01-xxxxxxxx-05-xx-xx-xx-014

present to the upper level value. Fig. 12: Calibration with reference pressure –
wet calibration
13 Set the value for the lower current value (4 mA) by
1 See table, step 11.
means of the SET LRV parameter. 2 See table, step 12.
3 See table, step 13.
14 Set the value for the upper current value (20 mA) by 4 See table, step 14.
means of the SET URV parameter.

15 Result:
The measuring range is set for 0...3 m (9.8 ft).

1. You can also perform calibration with reference pressure by means of the QUICK SETUP
menu. See Page 65 ff, Table 4: QUICK SETUP menu.
2. You can also specify customer-specific units. See parameter description for PRESS. ENG.
UNIT (Page 77), HEIGHT UNIT ( Page 79), UNIT VOLUME (Page 80) and MASS
UNIT (Page 81).
3. For this level type, the measured variables %, level, volume and mass are available.
See Page 79 ff.
4. The EMPTY PRESSURE (Page 83) and FULL PRESSURE (Page 83) parameters
display the pressure values belonging to the EMPTY CALIB. and FULL CALIB.
parameters.

18 Endress+Hauser
Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART Level measurement

5.4.2 Calibration without reference pressure – dry calibration


Example:
In this example, the volume in a tank should be measured in m3. The maximum volume is 5
m3 and the maximum height 4 m (13 ft). The density of the fluid is 1 kg/dm3. The device is
mounted below the level lower range value.
Prerequisite:
• The measured variable is in direct proportion to the pressure.
• This is a theoretical calibration, i.e. the tank volume, tank height and density of the fluid
are known.
• See also Operating Instructions for Deltabar S (BA00270P) or Cerabar S (BA00271P),
Section "Level measurement" or Deltapilot S (BA00332P), Section "Level measurement".
• Due to the orientation of the device, there may be a shift in the measured value, i.e. when
the container is empty, the MEASURED VALUE parameter does not display zero. To
perform a position adjustment see also Page 68, Table 6: Position adjustment.
• For a description of the parameters mentioned, see
– Page 62, Table 2: MEASURING MODE
– Page 77, Table 10: BASIC SETUP
– Page 79, Table 11: BASIC SETUP – "Linear" level type.
• For a description of further relevant parameters, see
– Page 100, Table 16: EXTENDED SETUP
– Page 121, Table 26: PROCESS VALUES.
! WARNING
Changing the measuring mode can affect the adjustment data!
This situation can result in product overflow.
‣ Check calibration data when the measuring mode is changed.

Description

1 Select the "Level" measuring mode via the


MEASURING MODE parameter.
On-site display:
Menu path: GROUP SELECTION  MEASURING

4m
MODE
Digital communication: ➁ V = 5 m3
See Page 62

2 If necessary, select "Level Standard" level mode using ➃


the LEVEL SELECTION parameter.
➀ –0.5 m
On-site display: r = 1 kg3
dm
Menu path: GROUP SELECTION  MEASURING
MODE "Level"  LEVEL SELECTION
Digital communication:
See Page 63 P01-PMP75xxx-19-xx-xx-xx-003

Fig. 13: Calibration without reference pressure –


3 On-site display: dry calibration
Select BASIC SETUP function group. Menu path: 1 See table, step 9.
GROUP SELECTION  OPERATING MENU  2 See table, step 10.
SETTINGS BASIC SETUP 3 See table, step 11.
4 See table, step 12.

Endress+Hauser 19
Level measurement Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Description

4 Select a pressure unit via the PRESS. ENG. UNIT


parameter, here mbar for example. I
[mA]
5 Select the "Linear" option by means of the LEVEL
MODE parameter. ➁ 20

6 Select the "Volume" option by means of the LIN.


MEASURAND parameter.

7 Select a volume unit via the UNIT VOLUME


parameter, here m3 for example.

8 Select the "Dry" option by means of the


CALIBRATION MODE parameter. See also the
following note, point 3. ➀ 4
0 5 V
[m3]
9 Enter the value for density via the ADJUST DENSITY
parameter, here 1 kg/dm3 for example. P01-xxxx xxxx-19-xx-xx-xx-012

Fig. 14: Current output calibration


10 Enter the tank volume via the TANK VOLUME
parameter, here 5 m3 for example. 5 See table, step 13.
6 See table, step 14.
11 Enter the tank height via the TANK HEIGHT
parameter, here 4 m (13 ft) for example.

12 Enter the level offset via the ZERO POSITION


parameter, here –0.5 m (-1,6 ft) for example.

13 Set the value for the lower current value (4 mA) by


means of the SET LRV parameter.
14 Set the value for the upper current value (20 mA) by
means of the SET URV parameter.

15 Result:
The measuring range is set for 0...5 m3.

1. For this level type, the measured variables %, level, volume and mass are available.
See Page 79 ff.
2. You can also specify customer-specific units. See parameter description for PRESS. ENG.
UNIT (Page 77), HEIGHT UNIT ( Page 79), UNIT VOLUME (Page 80) and MASS
UNIT (Page 81).
3. A level value is assigned to the lower and upper current value by means of the SET LRV
( Page 86) and SET URV (Page 86) parameters respectively. Once you have
selected the "Dry" calibration mode, the error message A711 "LRV or URV out of edit
limits" can appear. The error message goes out as soon as level values which are within
the editing limits are entered for the SET LRV and SET URV parameters.
By means of the ENTER RESET CODE parameter ( Page 124), you can use the code
2710 to automatically set the SET LRV and SET URV parameters to level values which
are within the editing limits.

20 Endress+Hauser
Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART Level measurement

5.5 "Level Standard" level selection,


"Pressure Linearized" level type

5.5.1 Semiautomatic entry of the linearisation table


Example:
In this example, the volume in a tank with a conical outlet should be measured in m3.
Prerequisite:
• The tank can be filled. The linearisation characteristic must rise continuously.
• A minimum gap of 0.5 % of the distance between two points must be maintained. Spans
for the "Pressure linearized" option: HYDR. PRESS MAX. – HYDR. PRESS MIN.; TANK
CONTENT MAX. – TANK CONTENT MIN. Spans for the "Height linearized" option: LEVEL
MAX – LEVEL MIN; TANK CONTENT MAX. – TANK CONTENT MIN.
• See also Operating Instructions for Deltabar S (BA00270P) or Cerabar S (BA00271P) or
Deltapilot S (BA00332P).
• For a description of the parameters mentioned, see
– Page 62, Table 2: MEASURING MODE
– Page 68, Table 6: POSITION ADJUSTMENT
– Page 77, Table 10: BASIC SETUP
– Page 87, Table 11: BASIC SETUP – "Pressure Linearized" level type
– Page 104, Table 18: LINEARISATION – on-site operation
– Page 107, Table 19: LINEARISATION – Digital communication.
• For a description of further relevant parameters, see
– Page 100, Table 16: EXTENDED SETUP
– Page 121, Table 26: PROCESS VALUES.
! WARNING
Changing the measuring mode can affect the adjustment data!
This situation can result in product overflow.
‣ Check calibration data when the measuring mode is changed.

Description

1 Deltabar S: before configuring the device for your


application, the pressure piping must be cleaned and V
[m3]
filled with fluid. See Operating Instructions 3.5
BA00270P.

2 Carry out position adjustment if necessary. See Page


68, Table 6: POSITION ADJUSTMENT.

Carry out basic setup:

3 If necessary, select the "Level" measuring mode via


the MEASURING MODE parameter. 0
0 350 p
On-site display: [mbar]

Menu path: GROUP SELECTION MEASURING


MODE
P01-PMP75xxx-19-xx-xx-xx-002
Digital communication:
See Page 62

4 If necessary, select "Level Standard" level mode using


the LEVEL SELECTION parameter.
On-site display:
Menu path: GROUP SELECTION  MEASURING
MODE "Level"  LEVEL SELECTION
Digital communication:
See Page 63

Endress+Hauser 21
Level measurement Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Description

5 On-site display:
Select BASIC SETUP function group. Menu path:
GROUP SELECTION  OPERATING MENU 
SETTINGS BASIC SETUP

6 Select a pressure unit via the PRESS. ENG. UNIT


parameter, here mbar for example.

7 Select the "Pressure Linearized" option by means of


the LEVEL MODE parameter. See also the following
note, point 3.

8 Select the "Volume" option by means of the LINd.


MEASURAND parameter.

9 Select a volume unit via the UNIT VOLUME


parameter, here m3 for example.

10 Select HYDR. PRESS MIN. parameter.

Enter the minimum hydrostatic pressure to be


expected, here 0 mbar for example.

11 Select HYDR. PRESS MAX .

Enter the maximum hydrostatic pressure to be


expected.

Carry out linearisation:

12 Change the function group:


Menu path: (GROUP SELECTION ) OPERATING
MENU SETTINGS LINEARISATION

13 Select TANK CONTENT MIN parameter.

Specify the minimum tank contents to be expected,


here 0 m3 for example.

14 Select TANK CONTENT MAX parameter.


Specify the maximum tank contents to be expected,
here 3.5 m3 for example.

15 On-site display:
Select the "Editor table" option by means of the
TABLE SELECTION parameter.

16 Select the "Semiautomatic" option by means of the


LIN. EDIT MODE parameter.

17 Select the "New table" option by means of the EDITOR


TABLE parameter.

22 Endress+Hauser
Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART Level measurement

Description

18 Enter linearisation table (min. 2 points, max.


32 points). V
[m3]
Fill the tank to the height of the 1st point. ➃ 3.5
LINE-NUMB: confirm value displayed.

X-VAL.: the hydrostatic pressure present is


displayed.

On-site display, Digital communication:
The X-VAL. displayed is saved by confirming the Y-
value. See following line, Y-VAL.
HART handheld terminal:
Confirm X-VAL. displayed.
➂ 0
p
Y-VAL.: enter the volume value, here 0 m3 for 0 350
example, and confirm the value. ➀ ➁ [mbar]
P01-xxxxxxxx-05-xx-xx-xx-015

19 On-site display:
If you want to enter another point for the I
linearisation table, select the "Next point" option and [mA]
enter the point as described in step 18.
If you want to finish entering the values and activate ➆ 20
the linearisation table, select the "Accept input table"
option.
Digital communication:
You can enter further points for the linearisation
table as explained in step 18. Once all the points
have been entered, the table must be activated by
means of the TAB. ACTIVATE parameter.

19 Result:
➅ 4
0 3.5 V
The linearisation table has been entered. [m3]
P01-xxxxxxxx-05-xx-xx-xx-016

Fig. 15: Semiautomatic entry of the linearisation table


1 See table, step 10.
2 See table, step 11.
3 See table, step 13.
4 See table, step 14.
5 See table, steps 15 – 19.
6 See the following note, point 4.
7 See the following note, point 4

1. For this level type, the measured variables %, volume and mass are available.
See Page 87 ff.
2. You can also specify customer-specific units. See parameter description for PRESS. ENG.
UNIT (Page 77), HEIGHT UNIT ( Page 87), UNIT VOLUME (Page 87) and MASS
UNIT ( Page 88).
3. Once you have selected the "Pressure Linearized" level type, the warning message "W710
Set span too small. Not allowed." can appear. At this stage the linearisation table already
consists of two points as standard. It could be the case that the 2nd value, and thus the
highest X-VAL. of the linearisation table, is smaller than the minimum span permitted
( MINIMUM SPAN, Page 120). The message goes out as soon as the highest X-VAL.
is larger than the minimum span.
4. A level value is assigned to both the lower and upper current value with the SET LRV
( Page 102) and SET URV (Page 102) parameters. If you enter values for TANK
CONTENT MIN (Page 104 or 107) and TANK CONTENT MAX (Page 104 or 107),
the SET LRV and SET URV parameters are also changed. If you want to assign values
other than those for TANK CONTENT MIN and TANK CONTENT MAX to the lower and
upper current values, the desired values must be entered for SET LRV and SET URV.

Endress+Hauser 23
Level measurement Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

5.5.2 Manual entry of the linearisation table


Example:
In this example, the volume in a tank with a conical outlet should be measured in m3.
Prerequisite:
• This is a theoretical calibration, i.e. the points for the linearisation table are known.
• A minimum gap of 0.5 % of the distance between two points must be maintained. Spans
for the "Pressure linearized" option: HYDR. PRESS MAX. – HYDR. PRESS MIN.; TANK
CONTENT MAX. – TANK CONTENT MIN. Spans for the "Height linearized" option: LEVEL
MAX – LEVEL MIN; TANK CONTENT MAX. – TANK CONTENT MIN.
• See also Operating Instructions for Deltabar S (BA00270P) or Cerabar S (BA00271P),
Section "Level measurement" or Deltapilot S (BA00332P), Section "Level measurement".
• For a description of the parameters mentioned, see
– Page 62, Table 2: MEASURING MODE
– Page 68, Table 6: POSITION ADJUSTMENT
– Page 77, Table 10: BASIC SETUP
– Page 87, Table 12: BASIC SETUP – "Pressure Linearized" level type
– Page 104, Table 18: LINEARISATION – on-site operation
– Page 107, Table 19: LINEARISATION – Digital communication.
• For a description of further relevant parameters, see
– Page 100, Table 16: EXTENDED SETUP
– Page 121, Table 28: PROCESS VALUES.
! WARNING
Changing the measuring mode can affect the adjustment data!
This situation can result in product overflow.
‣ Check calibration data when the measuring mode is changed.

Description

1 Perform basic setup as per Section 5.3.1, steps 2 to


11. V
[m3]
3.5
Carry out linearisation:

2 Change the function group:


Menu path: (GROUP SELECTION ) OPERATING
MENU SETTINGS LINEARISATION

3 Select TANK CONTENT MIN parameter .

Specify the minimum tank contents to be expected, 0


here 0 m3 for example. 0 350 p
[mbar]
4 Select TANK CONTENT MAX parameter .

Specify the maximum tank contents to be expected, P01-PMP75xxx-19-xx-xx-xx-002


here 3.5 m3 for example.

24 Endress+Hauser
Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART Level measurement

Description

5 On-site display:
Select the "Editor table" option by means of the V
[m3]
TABLE SELECTION parameter.
➃ 3.5
6 Select the "Manual" option by means of the LIN. EDIT
MODE parameter.

7 Select the "New table" option by means of the


EDITOR TABLE parameter. ➄
8 Enter linearisation table (min. 2 points, max.
32 points).

LINE-NUMB: confirm value displayed.

X-VAL.: enter the pressure value and confirm. ➂ 0


p
0 350
Y-VAL.: enter the volume value, here 0 m3 for ➀ ➁ [mbar]
example, and confirm. P01-xxxxxxxx-05-xx-xx-xx-015

9 On-site display
If you want to enter another point for the I
[mA]
linearisation table, select the "Next point" option and
enter the point as described in step 8.
If you want to finish entering the values and activate
➆ 20
the linearisation table, select the "Accept input table"
option.
Digital communication:
You can enter further points for the linearisation
table as explained in step 8. Once all the points have
been entered, the table must be activated by means
of the TAB. ACTIVATE parameter.
➅ 4
10 Result: 0 3.5 V
[m3]
The linearisation table has been entered.
P01-xxxxxxxx-05-xx-xx-xx-016

Fig. 16: Manual entry of the linearisation table


1 See Section 5.3.1, table, step 9.
2 See Section 5.3.1, table, step 10.
3 See table, step 3.
4 See table, step 4.
5 See table, steps 5 – 9.
6 See the following note, point 4.
7 See the following note, point 4.

1. For this level type, the measured variables %, volume and mass are available.
See Page 87 ff.
2. You can also specify customer-specific units. See parameter description for PRESS. ENG.
UNIT (Page 77), HEIGHT UNIT ( Page 87), UNIT VOLUME (Page 87) and MASS
UNIT ( Page 88).
3. Once you have selected the "Pressure Linearized" level type, the warning message "W710
Set span too small. Not allowed." can appear. At this stage the linearisation table already
consists of two points as standard. It could be the case that the 2nd value, and thus the
highest X-VAL. of the linearisation table, is smaller than the minimum span permitted
( MINIMUM SPAN, Page 120). The message goes out as soon as the highest X-VAL.
is larger than the minimum span.
4. A level value is assigned to both the lower and upper current value with the SET LRV
( Page 102) and SET URV (Page 102) parameters. If you enter values for TANK
CONTENT MIN (Page 104 or 107) and TANK CONTENT MAX (Page 104 or 107),
the SET LRV and SET URV parameters are also changed. If you want to assign values
other than those for TANK CONTENT MIN and TANK CONTENT MAX to the lower and
upper current values, the desired values must be entered for SET LRV and SET URV.

Endress+Hauser 25
Level measurement Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

5.6 "Level Standard" level selection,


"Height Linearized" level type

5.6.1 Wet calibration and semiautomatic entry of the linearisation


table
Example:
In this example, the height and the volume should be measured at the same time.
Prerequisite:
• The tank can be filled. The linearisation characteristic must rise continuously.
• A minimum gap of 0.5 % of the distance between two points must be maintained. Spans
for the "Pressure linearized" option: HYDR. PRESS MAX. – HYDR. PRESS MIN.; TANK
CONTENT MAX. – TANK CONTENT MIN. Spans for the "Height linearized" option: LEVEL
MAX – LEVEL MIN; TANK CONTENT MAX. – TANK CONTENT MIN.
• See also Operating Instructions for Deltabar S (BA00270P) or Cerabar S (BA00271P) or
Deltapilot S (BA00332P).
• For a description of the parameters mentioned, see
– Page 62, Table 2: MEASURING MODE
– Page 68, Table 6: POSITION ADJUSTMENT
– Page 77, Table 10: BASIC SETUP
– Page 89, Table 13: BASIC SETUP – "Height Linearized" level type
– Page 104, Table 18: LINEARISATION – on-site operation
– Page 107, Table 19: LINEARISATION – Digital communication.
• For a description of further parameters, see
– Page 100, Table 16: EXTENDED SETUP
– Page 121, Table 28: PROCESS VALUES.
! WARNING
Changing the measuring mode can affect the adjustment data!
This situation can result in product overflow.
‣ Check calibration data when the measuring mode is changed.

Description

1 Deltabar S: before configuring the device for your


application, the pressure piping must be cleaned and
filled with fluid. See Operating Instructions
BA00270P.

2 Carry out position adjustment if necessary. See Page


68, Table 6: POSITION ADJUSTMENT.
Perform calibration for the 1st measured
variable:

3 If necessary, select the "Level" measuring mode via


the MEASURING MODE parameter.
On-site display:
Menu path: GROUP SELECTION MEASURING
MODE
See Page 62

26 Endress+Hauser
Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART Level measurement

Description

4 If necessary, select "Level Standard" level mode using


the LEVEL SELECTION parameter. ➁➃
On-site display:
Menu path: GROUP SELECTION  MEASURING
MODE "Level"  LEVEL SELECTION
Digital communication:
Menu path: OPERATING MENU  SETTINGS 
BASIC SETUP MEASURING MODE "Level"  ➀➂
LEVEL SELECTION

5 On-site display:
Select BASIC SETUP function group. Menu path:
GROUP SELECTION OPERATING MENU 
P01-PMP75xxx-19-xx-xx-xx-004
SETTINGS BASIC SETUP

6 Select a pressure unit via the PRESS. ENG. UNIT h


parameter, here mbar for example. [m]
7 Select the "Height Linearized" option by means of the
LEVEL MODE parameter.
➁➃ 3

8 Select the "Height + Volume" option by means of the


COMB. MEASURAND parameter.

9 Select the unit for the 1st measured value via the
HEIGHT UNIT parameter, here m for example.

10 Select the unit for the 2nd measured variable via the
UNIT VOLUME parameter, here m3 for example. ➀➂ 0
0 300 p
11 Select LEVEL MIN parameter. [mbar]
Enter the minimum level to be expected, here 0 m P01-xxxxxxxx-05-xx-xx-xx-017

for example. Fig. 17: Calibrating the 1st measured variable


1 See table, step 11.
12 Select LEVEL MAX parameter. 2 See table, step 12.
3 See table, step 14.
Enter the maximum level to be expected, here 3 m 4 See Table, step 15.
(9.8 ft) for example.

13 Select the "Wet" option via the CALIBRATION MODE


parameter (calibration mode for the 1st measured
variable).

14 The pressure for the lower calibration point is


present at the device, here 0 mbar for example.

Select EMPTY CALIB. parameter.

Enter the level value, here 0 m for example. Confirm


the value to assign the pressure value present to the
lower level value.

15 The pressure for the upper calibration point is


present at the device, here 300 mbar (4.5 psi) for
example.

Select FULL CALIB. parameter.

Enter the level value, here 3 m (9.8 ft) for example.


Confirm the value to assign the pressure value
present to the upper level value.

16 Result:
The calibration for the 1st measured variable is
carried out.

Endress+Hauser 27
Level measurement Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Description

Perform linearisation (calibration for the 2nd


measured variable) V
[m3]
5
17 Change the function group.
Menu path: (GROUP SELECTION ) OPERATING
MENU SETTINGS LINEARISATION

18 Select TANK CONTENT MIN parameter.

Specify the minimum tank contents to be expected,


here 0 m3 for example.
0
19 Select TANK CONTENT MAX parameter. 0 3 h
[m]

Specify the maximum tank contents to be expected,


here 5 m3 for example.
P01-PMP75xxx-19-xx-xx-xx-005
20 On-site display:
Select the "Editor table" option by means of the
V
TABLE SELECTION parameter. [m3]
21 Select the "Semiautomatic" option by means of the ➅ 5
LIN. EDIT MODE parameter.

22 Select the "New table" option by means of the EDITOR


TABLE parameter.

23 Enter linearisation table (min. 2 points, max. ➆


32 points).

Fill the tank to the height of the 1st point.


LINE-NUMB: confirm value displayed.
➄ 0
h
X-VAL.: the hydrostatic pressure present is 0 3
measured and converted to the corresponding level [m]
and displayed. P01-xxxxxxxx-05-xx-xx-xx-018

On-site display, Digital communication:


The X-VAL. displayed is saved by confirming the I
[mA]
Y-value. See following line, Y-VAL.
HART handheld terminal: ➈ 20
Confirm X-VAL. displayed.

Y-VAL.: enter the volume value, here 0 m3 for


example, and confirm the value.

24 On-site display
If you want to enter another point for the
linearisation table, select the "Next point" option and
enter the point as described in step 23.
If you want to finish entering the values and activate
➇ 4
0 5 V
the linearisation table, select the "Accept input table" [m3]
option. P01-xxxxxxxx-05-xx-xx-xx-019

Digital communication: Fig. 18: Calibrating the 2nd measured variable


You can enter further points for the linearisation 5 See table, step 18.
table as explained in step 23. Once all the points 6 See table, step 19.
have been entered, the table must be activated by 7 See table, steps 20 – 24.
8 See the following note, point 4.
means of the TAB. ACTIVATE parameter. 9 See the following note, point 4.
25 Result:
– The linearisation table has been entered.
– The measured value display and the
TANK CONTENT parameter display the 2nd
measured value (here the volume).
– The LEVEL BEFORE LIN parameter displays the
1st measured value (here the height). See also the
following note, point 5.

28 Endress+Hauser
Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART Level measurement

1. For this level type, the measured variables "Height + %", "Height + Volume", "Height +
Mass", "%-Height + %", "%-Height + Volume" and "%-Height + Mass" are available. See
Page 87 ff.
2. You can also specify customer-specific units. See parameter description for PRESS. ENG.
UNIT (Page 77), HEIGHT UNIT ( Page 90), UNIT VOLUME (Page 91) and MASS
UNIT ( Page 92).
3. Once you have selected the "Pressure Linearized" level type, the warning message "W710
Set span too small. Not allowed." can appear. At this stage the linearisation table already
consists of two points as standard. It could be the case that the 2nd value, and thus the
highest X-VAL. of the linearisation table, is smaller than the minimum span permitted
( MINIMUM SPAN, Page 120). The message goes out as soon as the highest X-VAL.
is larger than the minimum span.
4. A level value is assigned to both the lower and upper current value with the SET LRV
( Page 102) and SET URV (Page 102) parameters.
You can use the ASSIGN CURRENT parameter (Page 114) to specify whether the
current output should depict the 1st or 2nd measured variable. Depending on the
setting of the ASSIGN CURRENT parameter, enter the following values for SET LRV and
SET URV:
– ASSIGN CURRENT = tank content (factory setting) %-value, volume value or
mass value
– ASSIGNMENT = height level value

The following applies for the setting ASSIGN CURRENT "Tank content":
If you enter values for TANK CONTENT MIN (Page 104 or 107) and TANK CONTENT
MAX ( Page 104 or 107), the SET LRV and SET URV parameters are also changed. If
you want to assign values other than those for TANK CONTENT MIN and TANK
CONTENT MAX to the lower and upper current values, the desired values must be
entered for SET LRV and SET URV.

The following applies for the setting ASSIGN CURRENT "Height":


If you enter values for LEVEL MIN (Page 93) and LEVEL MAX (Page 93), the SET
LRV and SET URV parameters are also changed. If you want to assign values other than
those for LEVEL MIN and LEVEL MAX to the lower and upper current values, the
desired values must be entered for SET LRV and SET URV.
5. You can use the MENU DESCRIPTOR parameter (Page 111) to specify which
measured value should be displayed on the on-site display.

Endress+Hauser 29
Level measurement Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

5.6.2 Dry calibration and manual entry of the linearisation table


Example:
In this example, the height and the volume should be measured at the same time.
Prerequisite:
• This is a theoretical calibration, i.e. the points for the linearisation table are known.
• A minimum gap of 0.5 % of the distance between two points must be maintained. Spans
for the "Pressure linearized" option: HYDR. PRESS MAX. – HYDR. PRESS MIN.; TANK
CONTENT MAX. – TANK CONTENT MIN. Spans for the "Height linearized" option: LEVEL
MAX – LEVEL MIN; TANK CONTENT MAX. – TANK CONTENT MIN.
• See also Operating Instructions for Deltabar S (BA00270P) or Cerabar S (BA00271P),
Section "Level measurement" or Deltapilot S (BA00332P), Section "Level measurement".
• Due to the orientation of the device, there may be a shift in the measured value, i.e. when
the container is empty, the MEASURED VALUE parameter does not display zero. To
perform a position adjustment see also Page 68, Table 6: Position adjustment.
• For a description of the parameters mentioned, see
– Page 62, Table 2: MEASURING MODE
– Page 77, Table 10: BASIC SETUP
– Page 89, Table 12: BASIC SETUP – "Height Linearized" level type
– Page 104, Table 18: LINEARISATION – on-site operation
– Page 107, Table 19: LINEARISATION – Digital communication.
• For a description of further parameters, see
– Page 100, Table 16: EXTENDED SETUP
– Page 121, Table 28: PROCESS VALUES.
! WARNING
Changing the measuring mode can affect the adjustment data!
This situation can result in product overflow.
‣ Check calibration data when the measuring mode is changed.

Description

Perform calibration for the 1st measured


variable: V
[m3]
5
1 Perform calibration as per Section 5.4.2, steps 3 to
12.

2 Select the "Dry" option via the CALIBRATION MODE


parameter (calibration mode for the 1st measured
variable).

3 Enter the density of the fluid via the ADJUST


DENSITY parameter, here 1 kg/dm3 for example. 0
h
0 3
[m]
4 If necessary, enter a level offset via the ZERO
POSITION parameter, here 0 m for example.

5 Result: P01-PMP75xxx-19-xx-xx-xx-005

The calibration for the 1st measured variable is


carried out.

30 Endress+Hauser
Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART Level measurement

Description

Perform linearisation (calibration for the 2nd


measured variable)

6 Change the function group. V


[m3]
Menu path: (GROUP SELECTION ) OPERATING
MENU SETTINGS LINEARISATION ➅ 5
7 Select TANK CONTENT MIN parameter.

Specify the minimum tank contents to be expected,


here 0 m3 for example.

8 Select TANK CONTENT MAX parameter.

Specify the maximum tank contents to be expected,


here 5 m3 for example.

9 On-site display: ➄ 0
h
Select the "Editor table" option by means of the 0 3
[m]
TABLE SELECTION parameter.
P01-xxxxxxxx-05-xx-xx-xx-018

10 Select the "Manual" option by means of the LIN. EDIT


MODE parameter.
I
11 Select the "New table" option by means of the EDITOR [mA]
TABLE parameter.
➈ 20
12 Enter linearisation table (min. 2 points, max.
32 points).

LINE-NUMB: confirm value displayed.


X-VAL.: enter the height value and confirm.

Y-VAL.: enter the volume value, here 0 m3 for


example, and confirm.
➇ 4
13 On-site display 0 5 V
If you want to enter another point for the [m3]
linearisation table, select the "Next point" option and P01-xxxxxxxx-05-xx-xx-xx-019

enter the point as described in step 12. Fig. 19: Calibrating the 2nd measured variable
If you want to finish entering the values and activate 5 See table, step 7.
the linearisation table, select the "Accept input table" 6 See table, step 8.
option. 7 See table, steps 9 – 13.
8 See the following note, point 4.
Digital communication: 9 See the following note, point 4.
You can enter further points for the linearisation
table as explained in step 12. Once all the points
have been entered, the table must be activated by
means of the TAB. ACTIVATE parameter.

14 Result:
– The linearisation table has been entered.
– The measured value display and the
TANK CONTENT parameter display the 2nd
measured value (here the volume).
– The LEVEL BEFORE LIN parameter displays the
1st measured value (here the height). See also the
following note, point 5.

1. For this level type, the measured variables "Height + %", "Height + Volume", "Height +
Mass", "%-Height + %", "%-Height + Volume" and "%-Height + Mass" are available. See
Page 87 ff.
2. You can also specify customer-specific units. See parameter description for PRESS. ENG.
UNIT (Page 77), HEIGHT UNIT ( Page 90), UNIT VOLUME (Page 91) and MASS
UNIT ( Page 92).
3. Once you have selected the "Pressure Linearized" level type, the warning message "W710
Set span too small. Not allowed." can appear. At this stage the linearisation table already
consists of two points as standard. It could be the case that the 2nd value, and thus the
highest X-VAL. of the linearisation table, is smaller than the minimum span permitted

Endress+Hauser 31
Level measurement Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

( MINIMUM SPAN, Page 120). The message goes out as soon as the highest X-VAL.
is larger than the minimum span.
4. A level value is assigned to both the lower and upper current value with the SET LRV
(Page 102) and SET URV (Page 102) parameters.
You can use the ASSIGN CURRENT parameter (Page 114) to specify whether the
current output should depict the 1st or 2nd measured variable. Depending on the
setting of the ASSIGN CURRENT parameter, enter the following values for SET LRV and
SET URV:
– ASSIGN CURRENT = tank content (factory setting) %- value, volume value or
mass value
– ASSIGNMENT = height level value

The following applies for the setting ASSIGN CURRENT "Tank content":
If you enter values for TANK CONTENT MIN (Page 104 or 107) and TANK CONTENT
MAX ( Page 104 or 107), the SET LRV and SET URV parameters are also changed. If
you want to assign values other than those for TANK CONTENT MIN and TANK
CONTENT MAX to the lower and upper current values, the desired values must be
entered for SET LRV and SET URV.

The following applies for the setting ASSIGN CURRENT "Height":


If you enter values for LEVEL MIN (Page 93) and LEVEL MAX (Page 93), the SET
LRV and SET URV parameters are also changed. If you want to assign values other than
those for LEVEL MIN and LEVEL MAX to the lower and upper current values, the
desired values must be entered for SET LRV and SET URV.
5. You can use the MENU DESCRIPTOR parameter (Page 111) to specify which
measured value should be displayed on the on-site display.

32 Endress+Hauser
Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART Flow measurement

6 Flow measurement

6.1 Calibration
Example:
In this example, a volume flow should be measured in m3/h.
• The "Flow measurement" measuring mode is only available for the Deltabar S differential
pressure transmitter.
• See also Operating Instructions BA00270P Deltabar S, Section "Flow measurement".
• For a description of the parameters mentioned, see
– Page 62, Table 2: MEASURING MODE
– Page 68, Table 6: POSITION ADJUSTMENT
– Page 96 ff, Table 12: BASIC SETUP
– Page 102 ff, Table 15: EXTENDED SETUP.
• For a description of further parameters, see
– Page 102, Table 15: EXTENDED SETUP
– Page 122, Table 29: PROCESS VALUES.
! WARNING
Changing the measuring mode can affect the adjustment data!
This situation can result in product overflow.
‣ Check calibration data when the measuring mode is changed.

Description
1 Before configuring the device for your application,
the pressure piping must be cleaned and the device V
filled with fluid. See Operating Instructions [m3/h]
BA00270P.
➀ 6000
2 Carry out position adjustment if necessary. See Page
68, Table 6: POSITION ADJUSTMENT.

3 If necessary, select the "Flow" measuring mode via


the MEASURING MODE parameter.
On-site display:
Menu path: GROUP SELECTION MEASURING 0
MODE 0 400 p
Digital communication: ➁ [mbar]
See Page 62
4 On-site display: I
[mA]
Select BASIC SETUP function group. Menu path:
GROUP SELECTION OPERATING MENU 
SETTINGS BASIC SETUP
➃ 20
5 Select a pressure unit via the PRESS. ENG. UNIT
parameter, here mbar for example.

6 Select the "Volume p. cond." option by means of the


FLOW-MEAS. TYPE parameter.

7 Select a flow unit via the UNIT FLOW parameter,


here m3/h for example. ➂ 0
0 6000 V
8 Select MAX. FLOW parameter. [m3/h]
Enter the maximum flow value of the primary P01-xxxxxxxx-19-xx-xx-xx-013
element, here 6000 m3/h for example. See also Fig. 20: Flow measurement calibration
layout sheet of primary element.
1 See table, step 8.
9 Select MAX PRESS. FLOW parameter. 2 See table, step 9.
3 See the following note, point 4.
Enter the maximum pressure, here 400 mbar (6 psi) 4 See the following note, point 4.
for example. See also layout sheet of primary
element.

10 Result:
The device is configured for flow measurement.

Endress+Hauser 33
Flow measurement Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

1. You can also perform calibration by means of the QUICK SETUP menu. See Page 66
ff, Table 5: QUICK SETUP menu.
2. Using the FLOW-MEAS. TYPE parameter, you can choose between the following flow
types:
– Volume p. cond. (volume under operating conditions)
– Gas norm. cond. (norm volume under norm conditions in Europe: 1013.25 mbar and
273.15 K (0°C))
– Gas std. cond. (standard volume under standard conditions in USA: 1013.25 mbar
(14.7 psi) and 288. 15 K (15°C/59°F))
– Mass
3. Depending on the flow type selected, you can choose between various units. You can
also specify a customer-specific unit.
See parameter description for PRESS. ENG. UNIT (Page 97), UNIT FLOW (
Page 98), NORM FLOW UNIT (Page 98), STD. FLOW UNIT (Page 98) and MASS
FLOW UNIT (Page 99).
4. A flow value or a pressure value is assigned to both the lower and upper current value
with the SET LRV (Page 103) and SET URV (Page 104) parameters.
You can use the LINEAR/SQROOT parameter (Page 114) to specify whether the
current output should depict the linear pressure signal or the Flow (square root) flow
signal. Depending on the setting of the LINEAR/SQROOT parameter, enter the
following values for SET LRV and SET URV:
– LINEAR/SQROOT = Flow (square root) (factory setting) flow value
– LINEAR/SQROOT = Differential pres. pressure value

The following applies for the setting LINEAR/SQROOT "Flow (square root)":
As per the factory settings, the lower current value is set to equal zero and the upper
current value is set to the MAX. FLOW value. If you enter a value for MAX. FLOW, the
SET URV parameter is also changed. If you want to assign values other than zero and
MAX. FLOW to the lower and upper current values, the desired values must be entered
for SET LRV and SET URV.

The following applies for the setting LINEAR/SQROOT "Differential pres.":


As per the factory settings, the lower current value is set to equal zero and the upper
current value is set to the MAX. PRESS. FLOW value. If you enter a value for MAX
PRESS. FLOW, the SET URV parameter is also changed. If you want to assign values
other than zero and MAX PRESS. FLOW to the lower and upper current values, the
desired values must be entered for SET LRV and SET URV.
5. In the lower measuring range, small flow quantities (creepages) can lead to large
measured value fluctuations. You can activate low flow cut-off via the LOW FLOW CUT-
OFF parameter ( Page 103).

34 Endress+Hauser
Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART Flow measurement

6.2 Totalizers
Example:
In this example, the volume flow should be totalised and displayed in the unit m3E3. Negative
flows should be added to the flow rate.
• For a description of the parameters mentioned, see
– Page 109 ff, Table 18: TOTALIZER SETUP
– Page 122 ff, Table 29: PROCESS VALUES
• Totalizer 1 can be reset. Totalizer 2 cannot be reset.

Description

1 Calibrate the device as per Section 6.1.

2 Change the function group:


(GROUP SELECTION ) OPERATING MENU 
SETTINGS TOTALIZER SETUP

3 Select a flow unit via the TOTALIZER 1 UNIT


parameter, here m3 E3 for example.

4 Use the NEG. FLOW TOT. 1 parameter to specify the


totalising mode for negative flows, here the "Positive"
option for example.

5 Reset totalizer 1 to zero via the RESET TOTALIZER


parameter.

6 Result:
The TOTALIZER 1 and TOTAL. 1 OVERFLOW
parameters display the totalised volume flow.

• You can also specify a customer-specific unit. See parameter description for TOTALIZER
1 UNIT (Page 110) and TOTALIZER 2 UNIT (Page 111).
• The TOTALIZER 1 and TOTAL. 1 OVERFLOW parameters display the totalised flow value
of the first totalizer. The TOTALIZER 2 and TOTAL. 2 OVERFLOW parameters display the
totalised flow value of the second totalizer. See Page 122 ff, PROCESS VALUES function
group.
• You can use the MENU DESCRIPTOR parameter (Page 111) to specify which measured
value should be displayed on the on-site display.

Endress+Hauser 35
On-site display operating menu Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

7 On-site display operating menu

The "Flow" measuring mode is only available for the Deltabar S differential pressure
transmitter (not valid for (160 bar (2400 psi) and 250 bar (3750 psi) measuring cell).
Depending on the parameter configuration, not all submenus and parameters are
available. In the column "Measuring mode, Level mode or Level selection" all available
operating modes are listed.

Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Level 4 Measuring mode, Display See


Level mode or ID page
Level selection

LANGUAGE LANGUAGE all 079 62

MEASURING MODE MEASURING MODE all 389 62

Level LEVEL SELECTION 020 63

Flow

Pressure

QUICK SETUP POS.ZERO ADJUST all 685 64

POS. INPUT VALUE 563 64

SET LRV Pressure 245 64

SET URV Pressure 246 64


EMPTY CALIB. Level 314 66

FULL CALIB. Level 315 66

MAX. FLOW Flow 311 67

MAX PRESS. FLOW Flow 634 67

DAMPING VALUE all 247 65

OPERATING MENU SETTINGS POSITION ADJUST. POS.ZERO ADJUST all 685 64

POS. INPUT VALUE 563 64

CALIB. OFFSET 319 68

BASIC SETUP PRESS. ENG. UNIT Pressure 060 69


CUSTOMER UNIT P 075 69

CUST.UNIT FACT.P 317 69

SET LRV 245 69

SET URV 246 70

GET LRV 309 70

GET URV 310 70

DAMPING VALUE 247 77

PRESS. ENG. UNIT Level Easy Pressure 060 70

CUSTOMER UNIT P 075 71

CUST.UNIT FACT.P 317 71

OUTPUT UNIT 023 71

CALIBRATION MODE 008 72

EMPTY CALIB. (Wet) 010 72

EMPTY CALIB. (Dry) 010 72

FULL CALIB. (Wet) 004 72

FULL CALIB. (Dry) 004 73

36 Endress+Hauser
Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART On-site display operating menu

Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Level 4 Measuring mode, Display See


Level mode or ID page
Level selection

EMPTY PRESSURE (Dry) 011 72

FULL PRESSURE (Dry) 005 73

SET LRV 013 73


SET URV 012 73

DAMPING VALUE 247 73

PRESS. ENG. UNIT Level Easy Height 060 74

CUSTOMER UNIT P 075 74

CUST.UNIT FACT.P 317 74

OUTPUT UNIT 023 75

HEIGHT UNIT 003 75

CALIBRATION MODE 008 75

DENSITY UNIT 001 75

ADJUST DENSITY 007 75

EMPTY CALIB. (Wet) 010 76

EMPTY CALIB. (Dry) 010 76

FULL CALIB. (Wet) 004 76

FULL CALIB. (Dry) 004 76

EMPTY HEIGHT (Dry) 009 76

FULL HEIGHT (Dry) 006 77

SET LRV 013 77

SET URV 012 77

DAMPING VALUE 247 77


PRESS. ENG. UNIT Level Standard 060 77

CUSTOMER UNIT P 075 78

CUST.UNIT FACT.P 317 78


LEVEL MODE 718 78

LIN. MEASURAND Linear 804 79

HEIGHT UNIT 708 79

CUSTOMER UNIT H 706 79

CUST. UNIT FACT. H 705 80

UNIT VOLUME 313 80

CUSTOMER UNIT V 608 80

CUST. UNIT FACT. V 607 81

MASS UNIT 709 81

CUSTOMER UNIT M 704 81

CUST. UNIT FACT. M 703 82

CALIBRATION MOD 392 82

EMPTY CALIB. 314 82

EMPTY PRESSURE 710 83

FULL CALIB. 315 83

FULL PRESSURE 711 83

ADJUSTED DENSITY 810 83

Endress+Hauser 37
On-site display operating menu Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Level 4 Measuring mode, Display See


Level mode or ID page
Level selection

DENSITY UNIT 812 83

ADJUST DENSITY 316 83

UNIT VOLUME 316 84


CUSTOMER UNIT V 608 84

CUST. UNIT FACT. V 607 84

TANK VOLUME 858 84

HEIGHT UNIT 708 85

CUSTOMER UNIT H 706 85

CUST. UNIT FACT. H 705 85

TANK HEIGHT 859 85

100% POINT 813 86

ZERO POSITION 814 86

SET LRV 719 86

SET URV 720 86

DAMPING VALUE 247 86

LINd. MEASURAND Pressure Linearized 805 87

UNIT VOLUME 313 87

CUSTOMER UNIT V 608 87

CUST. UNIT FACT. V 607 88

MASS UNIT 709 88

CUSTOMER UNIT M 704 88

CUST. UNIT FACT. M 703 89


HYDR. PRESS MIN. 775 89

HYDR. PRESS MAX. 761 89

DAMPING VALUE 247 89


COMB. MEASURAND Height Linearized 806 90

HEIGHT UNIT 708 90

CUSTOMER UNIT H 706 90

CUST. UNIT FACT. H 705 90

UNIT VOLUME 313 91

CUSTOMER UNIT V 608 91

CUST. UNIT FACT. V 607 91

MASS UNIT 709 92

CUSTOMER UNIT M 704 92

CUST. UNIT FACT. M 703 92

LEVEL MIN 755 93

LEVEL MAX 712 93

CALIBRATION MODE 392 93

EMPTY CALIB. 314 93

EMPTY PRESSURE 710 94

FULL CALIB. 315 94

FULL PRESSURE 711 94

38 Endress+Hauser
Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART On-site display operating menu

Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Level 4 Measuring mode, Display See


Level mode or ID page
Level selection

ADJUSTED DENSITY 810 94

DENSITY UNIT 812 94

ADJUST DENSITY 316 94


HEIGHT UNIT 708 95

CUSTOMER UNIT H 706 95

CUST. UNIT FACT. H 705 95

100% POINT 813 96

ZERO POSITION 814 96

DAMPING VALUE 247 96

PRESS. ENG. UNIT Flow 060 97

CUSTOMER UNIT P 075 97

CUST. UNIT FACT. P 317 97

FLOW-MEAS. TYPE 640 98

UNIT FLOW 391 98

NORM FLOW UNIT 661 98

STD. FLOW UNIT 660 98

MASS FLOW UNIT 571 99

CUSTOMER UNIT F 610 99

CUST. UNIT FACT. F 609 99

MAX. FLOW 311 100

MAX PRESS. FLOW 634 100

DAMPING VALUE 247 100


EXTENDED SETUP TEMP. ENG. UNIT Pressure 318 100

TEMP. ENG. UNIT Level 318 101

DENSITY UNIT (001)/ 101


(812)

ADJUST DENSITY (007)/ 101


(316)

PROCESS DENSITY (025)/ 101


(811)

SET LRV 762 102

SET URV 763 102

TEMP. ENG. UNIT Flow 318 103

LOW FLOW CUT-OFF 442 103


SET. L. FL. CUT-OFF 323 103

SET LRV 637 103

SET URV 638 104

LINEARIZATION TANK CONTENT MIN Level 759 104

TANK CONTENT MAX 713 104

TABLE SELECTION 808 105


LIN. EDIT MODE 397 105

EDITOR TABLE 809 105

LINE-NUMB: 549 105

Endress+Hauser 39
On-site display operating menu Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Level 4 Measuring mode, Display See


Level mode or ID page
Level selection

Y-VAL: 551 105

X-VAL: 550 106

TABLE EDITOR 770 109


MEASURING TABLE 549 106

MEASURING TABLE 717 106

TANK DESCRIPTION 815 106

TOTALISER SETUP TOTALIZER 1 UNIT Flow 662, 398, 110


666, 664

TOT. 1 USER UNIT 627 110


FACT.U.U.TOTAL.1 329 110

NEG. FLOW TOT. 1 400 110

RESET TOTALISER1 331 111

TOTALIZER 2 UNIT 663, 399, 111


667, 665

TOT. 2 UNIT TEXT 628 111

FACT.U.U.TOTAL.2 330 111


NEG. FLOW TOT. 2 416 111

SAFETY CONFIRM.
See Safety Manual for Deltabar S (SD00189), Cerabar S (SD00190) or Deltapilot S (SD00213P).
DISPLAY MAIN LINE CONT. all 419 111

MAIN DATA FORMAT 688 112

ALTERNATE DATA 423 112


DISPLAY CONTRAST 339 112

DIGITS SET 840 112

OUTPUT OUTPUT CURRENT all 254 112

CURRENT CHARACT. 694, 695 113


696, 764

OUTPUT FAIL MODE 388 113

ALT.CURR.OUTPUT 597 114

SET MAX. ALARM 342 114

SET MIN. CURRENT 343 114

ASSIGN CURRENT Height Linearized 760 114

LINEAR/SQROOT Flow 390 114

TRANSMITTER INFO HART DATA CURRENT MODE all 052 115


BUS ADDRESS 345 115

DEVICE TYPE 002, 351, 115


802

DEVICE REVISION 699 115

PREAMBLE NUMBER 036 116

MANUFACTOR ID 432 116


HART MESSAGE 271 116

HART DATE 481 116

TRANSMITTER DATA DEVICE SERIAL No all 354 117

ELECTR.SERIAL No 386 117

40 Endress+Hauser
Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART On-site display operating menu

Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Level 4 Measuring mode, Display See


Level mode or ID page
Level selection

CUST. TAG NUMBER 055 117

LONG TAG NUMBER 305 117

ADDITIONAL INFO. 272 117


DEVICE DESIGN. 350 117

HARDWARE REV. 266 117

SOFTWARE VERSION 264 117

CONFIG RECORDER 352 117

PCB TEMPERATURE 357 117

Allowed Min.TEMP 358 117

Allowed Max.TEMP 359 117

DIP STATUS 363 118

PROCESS CONNECTION Pmax PROC. CONN. all 570 118

PROC.CONN.TYPE 482 118

MAT.PROC.CONN. + 360 118

MAT.PROC.CONN. - 361 118

SEAL TYPE 362 119

SENSOR DATA SENSOR SER. No. all 250 120

PRESS.SENS LOLIM 484 120

PRESS.SENS HILIM 485 120

MINIMUM SPAN 591 120

SENSOR MEAS.TYPE 581 120

MAT. MEMBRANE 365 120


FILLING FLUID 366 120

Tmin SENSOR 368 120

Tmax SENSOR 369 120


SENS H/WARE REV 487 120

PROCESS INFO PROCESS VALUES PRESSURE all 301 121

CORRECTED PRESS. 434 121

SENSOR PRESSURE 584 121

SENSOR TEMP. 367 121

MEAS. VAL. TREND 378 121

LEVEL BEFORE LIN Linear 050 122


Height Linearized

TANK CONTENT Pressure Linearized 370 122


Height Linearized

SUPPRESSED FLOW Flow 375 123

TOTALISER 1 652 123

TOTAL.1 OVERFLOW 655 123

TOTALISER 2 657 123

TOTAL.2 OVERFLOW 658 123


PEAK HOLD INDIC. COUNTER:P > Pmax all 380 123

MAX. MEAS.PRESS. 383 123

COUNTER:P < Pmin 467 123

Endress+Hauser 41
On-site display operating menu Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Level 4 Measuring mode, Display See


Level mode or ID page
Level selection

MIN. MEAS.PRESS. 469 123

COUNTER:T > Tmax 404 124

MAX. MEAS.TEMP. 471 124


COUNTER:T < Tmin 472 124

MIN. MEAS.TEMP. 474 124

PCB COUNT:T>Tmax 488 124

PCB MAX. TEMP. 490 124

PCB COUNT:T<Tmin 492 124

PCB MIN. TEMP. 494 124

RESET PEAKHOLD 382 124

OPERATION ENTER RESET CODE all 047 124

OPERATING HOURS 409 124

INSERT PIN No 48 125

HistoROM AVAIL. 831 125

DOWNLOAD SELECT. 014 125

HistoROM CONTROL 832 125

DIAGNOSTICS SIMULATION SIMULATION MODE all 413 126

SIM. PRESSURE 414 126

SIM.FLOW VALUE Flow 639 126

SIM. LEVEL Level 714 126

SIM. TANK CONT. Level 715 126

SIM. CURRENT 270 126


SIM. ERROR NO. 476 127

MESSAGES ALARM STATUS all 046 127

LAST DIAG. CODE 564 127


ACK. ALARM MODE 401 127

ACK. ALARM 500 127

RESET ALL ALARMS 603 128

ERROR No. 600 128

SELECT ALARMTYPE 595 128

ALARM DELAY 336 128

ALARM DISPL.TIME 480 128

USER LIMITS PminALARM WINDOW all 332 129

PmaxALARM WINDOW 333 129

TminALARM WINDOW 334 129

TmaxALARM WINDOW 335 129

SERVICE SYSTEM 2 CURR. TRIM 4mA all 045 129

CURR. TRIM 20mA 042 130

OFFSET 4mA TRIM 043 130

OFFSET 20mA TRIM 044 130

42 Endress+Hauser
Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART FieldCare operating menu

8 FieldCare operating menu

The "Flow" measuring mode is only available for the Deltabar S differential pressure
transmitter (not valid for (160 bar (2400 psi) and 250 bar (3750 psi) measuring cell).
Depending on the parameter configuration, not all submenus and parameters are
available.
In the column "Measuring mode, Level mode or Level selection" all available operating modes
are listed.

Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Level 4 Measuring mode, Level mode or See


Level selection page

MEASURING MODE MEASURING MODE 62

LEVEL SELECTION Level 63

LINEAR/SQROOT Pressure and Flow 114

HART PRIMARY VALUE IS all 116

QUICK SETUP DEVICE INFO STATUS LOCKING (DIP STATUS) all 118

CUST. TAG NUMBER 117

LONG TAG NUMBER 117

ADDITIONAL INFO. 117

HART MESSAGE 116


HART DATE 116

UNITS PRESS. ENG. UNIT Pressure 69

CUST.UNIT FACT.P 69
CUSTOMER UNIT P 69

TEMP. ENG. UNIT 100

PRESS. ENG. UNIT Level Easy Pressure 70

CUST.UNIT FACT.P 71

CUSTOMER UNIT P 71

PRESS. ENG. UNIT Level Easy Height 74

CUST.UNIT FACT.P 74

CUSTOMER UNIT P 74

PRESS. ENG. UNIT Level Standard 77

CUST.UNIT FACT.P 78

CUSTOMER UNIT P 78

TEMP. ENG. UNIT 100

PRESS. ENG. UNIT Flow 97

CUST.UNIT FACT.P 97

CUSTOMER UNIT P 97

TEMP. ENG. UNIT 103

RANGE VALUES SET LRV Pressure 64

SET URV 64
PRESS. SENS LOLIM 120

PRESS. SENS HILIM 120

LINEAR/SQROOT 114
CALIB. OFFSET 68

Endress+Hauser 43
FieldCare operating menu Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Level 4 Measuring mode, Level mode or See


Level selection page

POS. ZERO ADJUST 64

SET MIN. CURRENT 114

DAMPING VALUE 65

EMPTY PRESSURE Level Standard 72

FULL PRESSURE 73

PRESS. SENS LOLIM 120

PRESS. SENS HILIM 120


CALIB. OFFSET 68

POS. ZERO ADJUST 65

SET MIN. CURRENT 114

DAMPING VALUE 66

EMPTY PRESSURE Level Easy Pressure 72

FULL PRESSURE 73
PRESS. SENS LOLIM 120

PRESS. SENS HILIM 120

CALIB. OFFSET 68

POS. ZERO ADJUST 65


SET MIN. CURRENT 114

DAMPING VALUE 73

EMPTY PRESSURE Level Easy Height 72


FULL PRESSURE 73

PRESS. SENS LOLIM 120

PRESS. SENS HILIM 120

CALIB. OFFSET 68

POS. ZERO ADJUST 65

SET MIN. CURRENT 114

DAMPING VALUE 77

MIN.PRESS. FLOW Flow 67

MAX.PRESS. FLOW 67
PRESS. SENS LOLIM 120

PRESS. SENS HILIM 120

LINEAR/SQROOT 114
CALIB. OFFSET 68

POS. ZERO ADJUST 67

SET MIN. CURRENT 114


DAMPING VALUE 67

FLOW CUT-OFF LOW FLOW CUT-OFF Flow 103

SET.L.FL.CUT-OFF 103

DISP/PV SETTINGS FLOW-MEAS. TYPE Flow 98

MASS FLOW UNIT 99

MAX. FLOW 100


UNIT FLOW 98

NORM FLOW UNIT 98

44 Endress+Hauser
Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART FieldCare operating menu

Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Level 4 Measuring mode, Level mode or See


Level selection page

STD. FLOW UNIT 98

LEVEL ADJUST EMPTY CALIB. Level Standard 72

EMPTY PRESSURE 72

FULL CALIB. 72

FULL PRESSURE 73

LEVEL MODE 78

LIN. MEASURAND 79
CALIBRATION MODE 82

OUTPUT UNIT Level Easy Pressure 71

CALIBRATION MODE 72

EMPTY CALIB. 72

EMPTY PRESSURE 72

FULL CALIB. 72
FULL PRESSURE 73

OUTPUT UNIT Level Easy Height 75

HEIGHT UNIT 75

CALIBRATION MODE 75
EMPTY CALIB. 76

EMPTY HEIGHT 76

EMPTY PRESSURE 72
FULL CALIB. 76

FULL HEIGHT 77

FULL PRESSURE 73

DENSITY UNIT 75

ADJUST DENSITY 75

ALARM OUTPUT FAIL MODE all 113


SETTINGS
ALT. CURR. OUTPUT 114

VIEW ALARMS SET. 131

OPERATING MENU SETTINGS POSITION ADJUST. PRESSURE all 123


POS.ZERO ADJUST 68

POS. INPUT VALUE 68

CALIB. OFFSET 68
BASIC SETUP PRESS. ENG. UNIT Pressure 69

CUSTOMER UNIT P 69

CUST. UNIT FACT. P 69


PRESS. SENS. LOLIM 120

PRESS. SENS. HILIM 120

LINEAR/SQROOT 114

SET LRV 69

SET URV 70

GET LRV 70
GET URV 70

DAMPING VALUE 70

Endress+Hauser 45
FieldCare operating menu Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Level 4 Measuring mode, Level mode or See


Level selection page

BASIC SETUP PRESS. ENG. UNIT Level Easy Pressure 70

CUSTOMER UNIT P 71

CUST. UNIT FACT. P 71

PRESS. SENS. LOLIM 120

PRESS. SENS. HILIM 120

OUTPUT UNIT 71

CALIBRATION MODE 72
EMPTY CALIB. 72

EMPTY PRESSURE 72

FULL CALIB. 73

FULL PRESSURE 73

SET LRV 73

SET URV 73
DAMPING VALUE 73

BASIC SETUP PRESS. ENG. UNIT Level Easy Height 74

CUSTOMER UNIT P 74

CUST. UNIT FACT. P 74


PRESS. SENS. LOLIM 120

PRESS. SENS. HILIM 120

OUTPUT UNIT 75
HEIGHT UNIT 75

CALIBRATION MODE 75

DENSITY UNIT 75

ADJUST DENSITY 75

EMPTY CALIB. 76

EMPTY HEIGHT 76

EMPTY PRESSURE 72

FULL CALIB. 76

FULL HEIGHT 77
FULL PRESSURE 73

SET LRV 77

SET URV 77
DAMPING VALUE 77

BASIC SETUP PRESS. ENG. UNIT Level Standard 77


LEVEL MODE = Linear,
CUSTOMER UNIT P LIN. MEASURAND = % (Height) 78
CUST. UNIT FACT. P CALIBRATION MODE = Dry 78

PRESS. SENS. LOLIM 120

PRESS. SENS. HILIM 120

LEVEL MODE 78

LIN. MEASURAND 79

HEIGHT UNIT 79
CUSTOMER UNIT H 79

CUSTOMER UNIT H 80

46 Endress+Hauser
Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART FieldCare operating menu

Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Level 4 Measuring mode, Level mode or See


Level selection page

CALIBRATION MODE 82

DENSITY UNIT 83

ADJUST DENSITY 83

100% POINT 86

ZERO POSITION 86

SET LRV 86

SET URV 86
DAMPING VALUE 86

BASIC SETUP PRESS. ENG. UNIT Level Standard 77


LEVEL MODE = Linear,
CUSTOMER UNIT P LIN. MEASURAND = % (Height) 78
CUST. UNIT FACT. P CALIBRATION MODE = Wet 78

PRESS. SENS. LOLIM 120

PRESS. SENS. HILIM 120

LEVEL MODE 78

LIN. MEASURAND 79

CALIBRATION MODE 82

EMPTY CALIB. 82
EMPTY PRESSURE 83

FULL CALIB. 83

FULL PRESSURE 83
SET LRV 86

SET URV 86

DAMPING VALUE 86

BASIC SETUP PRESS. ENG. UNIT Level Standard 77


LEVEL MODE = Linear,
CUSTOMER UNIT P 78
LIN. MEASURAND = Height
CUST. UNIT FACT. P CALIBRATION MODE = Dry 78

PRESS. SENS. LOLIM 120

PRESS. SENS. HILIM 120

LEVEL MODE 78

LIN. MEASURAND 79

HEIGHT UNIT 79

CUSTOMER UNIT H 79

CUSTOMER UNIT H 80

CALIBRATION MODE 82

DENSITY UNIT 83

ADJUST DENSITY 83

ZERO POSITION 86

SET LRV 86

SET URV 86

DAMPING VALUE 86

Endress+Hauser 47
FieldCare operating menu Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Level 4 Measuring mode, Level mode or See


Level selection page

BASIC SETUP PRESS. ENG. UNIT Level Standard 77


LEVEL MODE = Linear,
CUSTOMER UNIT P 78
LIN. MEASURAND = Height
CUST. UNIT FACT. P CALIBRATION MODE = Wet 78

PRESS. SENS. LOLIM 120


PRESS. SENS. HILIM 120

LEVEL MODE 78

LIN. MEASURAND 79

HEIGHT UNIT 85

CUSTOMER UNIT H 79

CUSTOMER UNIT H 80

CALIBRATION MODE 82

EMPTY CALIB. 82

EMPTY PRESSURE 83

FULL CALIB. 83

FULL PRESSURE 83

ADJUST DENSITY 83

SET LRV 86
SET URV 86

DAMPING VALUE 86

BASIC SETUP PRESS. ENG. UNIT Level Standard 77


LEVEL MODE = Linear,
CUSTOMER UNIT P 78
LIN. MEASURAND = Volume
CUST. UNIT FACT. P CALIBRATION MODE = Dry 78

PRESS. SENS. LOLIM 120

PRESS. SENS. HILIM 120

LEVEL MODE 78

LIN. MEASURAND 79

HEIGHT UNIT 79

UNIT VOLUME 80

CUSTOMER UNIT V 80

CUST. UNIT FACT. V 81

CALIBRATION MODE 82

DENSITY UNIT 83

ADJUST DENSITY 83

UNIT VOLUME 84

CUSTOMER UNIT V 84

CUST. UNIT FACT. V 84

TANK VOLUME 84

TANK HEIGHT 85

ZERO POSITION 86

SET LRV 86

SET URV 86
DAMPING VALUE 86

48 Endress+Hauser
Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART FieldCare operating menu

Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Level 4 Measuring mode, Level mode or See


Level selection page

BASIC SETUP PRESS. ENG. UNIT Level Standard 77


LEVEL MODE = Linear,
CUSTOMER UNIT P 78
LIN. MEASURAND = Volume
CUST. UNIT FACT. P CALIBRATION MODE = Wet 78

PRESS. SENS. LOLIM 120


PRESS. SENS. HILIM 120

LEVEL MODE 78

LIN. MEASURAND 79

UNIT VOLUME 84

CUSTOMER UNIT V 84

CUST. UNIT FACT. V 84

CALIBRATION MODE 82

EMPTY CALIB. 82

EMPTY PRESSURE 83

FULL CALIB. 83

FULL PRESSURE 83

SET LRV 86

SET URV 86
DAMPING VALUE 86

BASIC SETUP PRESS. ENG. UNIT Level Standard 77


LEVEL MODE = Linear,
CUSTOMER UNIT P LIN. MEASURAND = Mass 78
CUST. UNIT FACT. P CALIBRATION MODE = Dry 78

PRESS. SENS. LOLIM 120

PRESS. SENS. HILIM 120

LEVEL MODE 78

LIN. MEASURAND 79

HEIGHT UNIT 85

MASS UNIT 81

CUSTOMER UNIT M 81

CUST. UNIT FACT. M 82

CALIBRATION MODE 82

DENSITY UNIT 83

ADJUST DENSITY 83

UNIT VOLUME 84

CUSTOMER UNIT V 84

CUST. UNIT FACT. V 84

TANK VOLUME 84

TANK HEIGHT 85

ZERO POSITION 86

SET LRV 86

SET URV 86

DAMPING VALUE 86

Endress+Hauser 49
FieldCare operating menu Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Level 4 Measuring mode, Level mode or See


Level selection page

BASIC SETUP PRESS. ENG. UNIT Level Standard 77


LEVEL MODE = Linear,
CUSTOMER UNIT P 78
LIN. MEASURAND = Mass
CUST. UNIT FACT. P CALIBRATION MODE = Wet 78

PRESS. SENS. LOLIM 120


PRESS. SENS. HILIM 120

LEVEL MODE 78

LIN. MEASURAND 79

MASS UNIT 81

CUSTOMER UNIT M 81

CUST. UNIT FACT. M 82

CALIBRATION MODE 82

EMPTY CALIB. 82

EMPTY PRESSURE 83

FULL CALIB. 83

FULL PRESSURE 83

SET LRV 86

SET URV 86
DAMPING VALUE 86

BASIC SETUP PRESS. ENG. UNIT Level Standard 70


LEVEL MODE =
CUSTOMER UNIT P Pressure Linearized 71
CUST. UNIT FACT. P LIN. MEASURAND = 71
Pressure and %
PRESS. SENS. LOLIM 120

PRESS. SENS. HILIM 120

LEVEL MODE 78

LINd. MEASURAND 87

HYDR. PRESS MIN. 89

HYDR. PRESS MAX. 89

DAMPING VALUE 89

BASIC SETUP PRESS. ENG. UNIT Level Standard 70


LEVEL MODE =
CUSTOMER UNIT P 71
Pressure Linearized
CUST. UNIT FACT. P LIN. MEASURAND = 71
Pressure and Volume
PRESS. SENS. LOLIM 120

PRESS. SENS. HILIM 120

LEVEL MODE 78

LINd. MEASURAND 87

UNIT VOLUME 87

CUSTOMER UNIT V 87

CUST. UNIT FACT V 88

HYDR. PRESS MIN. 89

HYDR. PRESS MAX. 89

DAMPING VALUE 89

50 Endress+Hauser
Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART FieldCare operating menu

Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Level 4 Measuring mode, Level mode or See


Level selection page

BASIC SETUP PRESS. ENG. UNIT Level Standard 70


LEVEL MODE =
CUSTOMER UNIT P 71
Pressure Linearized
CUST. UNIT FACT. P LIN. MEASURAND = 71
Pressure and Mass
PRESS. SENS. LOLIM 120
PRESS. SENS. HILIM 120

LEVEL MODE 78

LINd. MEASURAND 87

MASS UNIT 88

CUSTOMER UNIT M 88

CUST. UNIT FACT. M 89

HYDR. PRESS MIN. 89

HYDR. PRESS MAX. 89

DAMPING VALUE 89

BASIC SETUP PRESS. ENG. UNIT Level Standard 74


LEVEL MODE = Height Linearized
CUSTOMER UNIT P 74
COMB. MEASURAND =
CUST. UNIT FACT. P % Height and % 74
CALIBRATION MODE = Dry
PRESS. SENS. LOLIM 120
PRESS. SENS. HILIM 120

LEVEL MODE 78

COMB. MEASURAND 90
HEIGHT UNIT 95

CUSTOMER UNIT H 95

CUSTOMER UNIT H 95

LEVEL MIN. 93

LEVEL MAX. 93

CALIBRATION MODE 93

DENSITY UNIT 94

ADJUST DENSITY 94

100% POINT 96

ZERO POSITION 96

DAMPING VALUE 96

BASIC SETUP PRESS. ENG. UNIT Level Standard 74


LEVEL MODE = Height Linearized
CUSTOMER UNIT P 74
COMB. MEASURAND =
CUST. UNIT FACT. P % Height and % 74
CALIBRATION MODE = Wet
PRESS. SENS. LOLIM 120

PRESS. SENS. HILIM 120

LEVEL MODE 78

COMB. MEASURAND 90

LEVEL MIN. 93

LEVEL MAX. 93

CALIBRATION MODE 93
EMPTY CALIB. 93

EMPTY PRESSURE 94

Endress+Hauser 51
FieldCare operating menu Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Level 4 Measuring mode, Level mode or See


Level selection page

FULL CALIB. 94

FULL PRESSURE 94

DAMPING VALUE 96

BASIC SETUP PRESS. ENG. UNIT Level Standard 74


LEVEL MODE = Height Linearized
CUSTOMER UNIT P 74
COMB. MEASURAND =
CUST. UNIT FACT. P % Height and Volume 74
CALIBRATION MODE = Dry
PRESS. SENS. LOLIM 120

PRESS. SENS. HILIM 120

LEVEL MODE 78

COMB. MEASURAND 90

HEIGHT UNIT 95

CUSTOMER UNIT H 95

CUST. UNIT FACT. H 95

UNIT VOLUME 91

CUSTOMER UNIT V 91

CUST. UNIT FACT. V 91

LEVEL MIN. 93
LEVEL MAX. 93

CALIBRATION MODE 93

DENSITY UNIT 94
ADJUST DENSITY 94

100% POINT 96

ZERO POSITION 96

DAMPING VALUE 96

BASIC SETUP PRESS. ENG. UNIT Level Standard 74


LEVEL MODE = Height Linearized
CUSTOMER UNIT P COMB. MEASURAND = 74

CUST. UNIT FACT. P % Height and Volume 74


CALIBRATION MODE = Wet
PRESS. SENS. LOLIM 120

PRESS. SENS. HILIM 120

LEVEL MODE 78

COMB. MEASURAND 90

UNIT VOLUME 91

CUSTOMER UNIT V 91

CUST. UNIT FACT. V 91

LEVEL MIN. 93

LEVEL MAX. 93

CALIBRATION MODE 93

EMPTY CALIB. 93

EMPTY PRESSURE 94

FULL CALIB. 94

FULL PRESSURE 94
DAMPING VALUE 96

52 Endress+Hauser
Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART FieldCare operating menu

Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Level 4 Measuring mode, Level mode or See


Level selection page

BASIC SETUP PRESS. ENG. UNIT Level Standard 74


LEVEL MODE = Height Linearized
CUSTOMER UNIT P 74
COMB. MEASURAND =
CUST. UNIT FACT. P % Height and Mass 74
CALIBRATION MODE = Dry
PRESS. SENS. LOLIM 120
PRESS. SENS. HILIM 120

LEVEL MODE 78

COMB. MEASURAND 90

HEIGHT UNIT 95

CUSTOMER UNIT H 95

CUST. UNIT FACT. H 95

MASS UNIT 92

CUSTOMER UNIT M 92

CUST. UNIT FACT. M 92

LEVEL MIN. 93

LEVEL MAX. 93

CALIBRATION MODE 93

DENSITY UNIT 94
ADJUST DENSITY 94

100% POINT 96

ZERO POSITION 96
DAMPING VALUE 96

BASIC SETUP PRESS. ENG. UNIT Level Standard 74


LEVEL MODE = Height Linearized
CUSTOMER UNIT P COMB. MEASURAND = 74

CUST. UNIT FACT. P % Height and Mass 74


CALIBRATION MODE = Wet
PRESS. SENS. LOLIM 120

PRESS. SENS. HILIM 120

LEVEL MODE 78

COMB. MEASURAND 90

MASS UNIT 92

CUSTOMER UNIT M 92

CUST. UNIT FACT. M 92

LEVEL MIN. 93

LEVEL MAX. 93

CALIBRATION MODE 93

EMPTY CALIB. 93

EMPTY PRESSURE 94

FULL CALIB. 94

FULL PRESSURE 94

DAMPING VALUE 96

Endress+Hauser 53
FieldCare operating menu Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Level 4 Measuring mode, Level mode or See


Level selection page

BASIC SETUP PRESS. ENG. UNIT Level Standard 74


LEVEL MODE = Height Linearized
CUSTOMER UNIT P 90
COMB. MEASURAND =
CUST. UNIT FACT. P Height and Volume 90
CALIBRATION MODE = Dry
PRESS. SENS. LOLIM 120
PRESS. SENS. HILIM 120

LEVEL MODE 78

COMB. MEASURAND 90

HEIGHT UNIT 90

CUSTOMER UNIT H 90

CUST. UNIT FACT. H 90

UNIT VOLUME 91

CUSTOMER UNIT V 91

CUST. UNIT FACT. V 91

LEVEL MIN. 93

LEVEL MAX. 93

CALIBRATION MODE 93

DENSITY UNIT 94
ADJUST DENSITY 94

ZERO POSITION 96

DAMPING VALUE 96
BASIC SETUP PRESS. ENG. UNIT Level Standard 74
LEVEL MODE = Height Linearized
CUSTOMER UNIT P 90
COMB. MEASURAND =
CUST. UNIT FACT. P Height and Volume 90
CALIBRATION MODE = Wet
PRESS. SENS. LOLIM 120

PRESS. SENS. HILIM 120

LEVEL MODE 78

COMB. MEASURAND 90

HEIGHT UNIT 90

CUSTOMER UNIT H 90

CUST. UNIT FACT. H 90

UNIT VOLUME 91

CUSTOMER UNIT V 91

CUST. UNIT FACT. V 91

LEVEL MIN. 93

LEVEL MAX. 93

CALIBRATION MODE 93

EMPTY CALIB. 93

EMPTY PRESSURE 94

FULL CALIB. 94

FULL PRESSURE 94

ADJUST DENSITY 94
DAMPING VALUE 96

54 Endress+Hauser
Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART FieldCare operating menu

Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Level 4 Measuring mode, Level mode or See


Level selection page

BASIC SETUP PRESS. ENG. UNIT Level Standard 74


LEVEL MODE = Height Linearized
CUSTOMER UNIT P 90
COMB. MEASURAND =
CUST. UNIT FACT. P Height and Mass 90
CALIBRATION MODE = Dry
PRESS. SENS. LOLIM 120
PRESS. SENS. HILIM 120

LEVEL MODE 78

COMB. MEASURAND 90

HEIGHT UNIT 90

CUSTOMER UNIT H 90

CUSTOMER UNIT H 90

MASS UNIT 92

CUSTOMER UNIT M 92

CUST. UNIT FACT. M 92

LEVEL MIN. 93

LEVEL MAX. 93

CALIBRATION MODE 93

DENSITY UNIT 94
ADJUST DENSITY 94

ZERO POSITION 96

DAMPING VALUE 96
BASIC SETUP PRESS. ENG. UNIT Level Standard 74
LEVEL MODE = Height Linearized
CUSTOMER UNIT P 90
COMB. MEASURAND =
CUST. UNIT FACT. P Height and Mass 90
CALIBRATION MODE = Wet
PRESS. SENS. LOLIM 120

PRESS. SENS. HILIM 120

LEVEL MODE 78

COMB. MEASURAND 90

HEIGHT UNIT 90

CUSTOMER UNIT H 90

CUSTOMER UNIT H 90

MASS UNIT 92

CUSTOMER UNIT M 92

CUST. UNIT FACT. M 92

LEVEL MIN. 93

LEVEL MAX. 93

CALIBRATION MODE 93

EMPTY CALIB. 93

EMPTY PRESSURE 94

FULL CALIB. 94

FULL PRESSURE 94

ADJUST DENSITY 94
DAMPING VALUE 96

Endress+Hauser 55
FieldCare operating menu Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Level 4 Measuring mode, Level mode or See


Level selection page

BASIC SETUP PRESS. ENG. UNIT Level Standard 74


LEVEL MODE = Height Linearized
CUSTOMER UNIT P 90
COMB. MEASURAND =
CUST. UNIT FACT. P Height and % 90
CALIBRATION MODE = Dry
PRESS. SENS. LOLIM 120
PRESS. SENS. HILIM 120

LEVEL MODE 78

COMB. MEASURAND 90

HEIGHT UNIT 90

CUSTOMER UNIT H 90

CUSTOMER UNIT H 90

LEVEL MIN 93

LEVEL MAX 93

CALIBRATION MODE 93

DENSITY UNIT 94

ADJUST DENSITY 94

ZERO POSITION 96

DAMPING VALUE 96
BASIC SETUP PRESS. ENG. UNIT Level Standard 74
LEVEL MODE = Height Linearized
CUSTOMER UNIT P 90
COMB. MEASURAND =
CUST. UNIT FACT. P Height and % 90
CALIBRATION MODE = Wet
PRESS. SENS. LOLIM 120

PRESS. SENS. HILIM 120

LEVEL MODE 78

COMB. MEASURAND 90

HEIGHT UNIT 90

CUSTOMER UNIT H 90

CUSTOMER UNIT H 90

LEVEL MIN. 93

LEVEL MAX. 93

CALIBRATION MODE 93

EMPTY CALIB. 93

EMPTY PRESSURE 94

FULL CALIB. 94

FULL PRESSURE 94

ADJUST DENSITY 94

DAMPING VALUE 96

BASIC SETUP PRESS. ENG. UNIT Flow 97

CUSTOMER UNIT P 97

CUST. UNIT FACT. P 97

PRESS. SENS. LOLIM 120

PRESS. SENS. HILIM 120


LINEAR/SQROOT 114

MIN PRESS. FLOW 67

56 Endress+Hauser
Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART FieldCare operating menu

Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Level 4 Measuring mode, Level mode or See


Level selection page

MAX PRESS. FLOW 100

FLOW-MEAS TYPE 98

UNIT FLOW 98

CUSTOMER UNIT F 99

CUST. UNIT FACT. F 99

MAX. DURCHFLUSS 100

LOW FLOW CUT-OFF 103


SET. L. FL. CUT-OFF 103

DAMPING VALUE 100

EXTENDED SETUP TEMP. ENG. UNIT Flow 100

TEMP. ENG. UNIT Level 101

DENSITY UNIT Level Standard 101

ADJUST DENSITY 101


PROCESS DENSITY 101

SET LRV Pressure Linearized, 102


Height Linearized

SET URV Pressure Linearized, 102


Height Linearized

DENSITY UNIT Level Easy Pressure 101

ADJUST DENSITY 101

PROCESS DENSITY 101

ADJUST DENSITY Level Easy Height 101

DENSITY UNIT 101


PROCESS DENSITY 101

TEMP. ENG. UNIT Flow 103

SET LRV 103


SET URV 104

LINEARIZATION TANK CONTENT MIN Pressure Linearized, 107


Height Linearized
TANK CONTENT MAX 107

TABLE SELECTION 107

LIN. EDIT MODE 107

EDITOR TABLE 108

LINE-NUMB: 108

X-VAL (Manual): 108


X-VAL (Semiauto.): 108

Y-VAL: 108

ACTIV LIN.TAB.Y 109

ACTIV LIN.TAB.X 109

TANK DESCRIPTION 109

TABLE ACTIVATE 109

TOTALISER SETUP TOTAL.1 ENG.UNIT Flow 110

TOT. 1 USER UNIT 110

FACT.U.U.TOTAL.1 110

Endress+Hauser 57
FieldCare operating menu Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Level 4 Measuring mode, Level mode or See


Level selection page

NEG. FLOW TOT. 1 110

RESET TOTALISER1 111

TOTAL.2 ENG.UNIT 111

TOT. 2 UNIT TEXT 111

FACT.U.U.TOTAL.2 111

NEG. FLOW TOT. 2 111

SAFETY CONFIRM.
See Safety Manual for Deltabar S (SD00189), Cerabar S (SD00190) or Deltapilot S (SD00213P).

DISPLAY MAIN LINE CONT. all 111

LANGUAGE 62
MAIN DATA FORMAT 112

ALTERNATE DATA 112

DISPLAY CONTRAST 112

DIGITS SET 112

OUTPUT OUTPUT CURRENT all 112

CURRENT CHARACT. 113

OUTPUT FAIL MODE 113

ALT.CURR.OUTPUT 114

SET MAX. ALARM 114

SET MIN. CURRENT 114

LINEAR/SQROOT Pressure and Flow 114

ASSIGN CURRENT Height Linearized 114

TRANSMITTER DATA HART DATA HART VERSION all 114

CURRENT MODE 115

BUS ADDRESS 115

DEVICE TYPE 115


DEVICE REVISION 115

BURST MODE 115

BURST OPTION 115

PREAMBLE NUMBER 116

MANUFACTOR ID 116

MESSAGE 116
HART DATE 116

HART PRIMARY VALUE IS 116

PRIMARY VALUE 116


SECONDARY VAL.IS 116

SECONDARY VALUE 116

THIRD VALUE IS 116

THIRD VALUE 116

4TH VALUE IS 117

4TH VALUE 117


TRANSMITTER DATA DEVICE SERIAL No all 117

ELECTR.SERIAL No 117

58 Endress+Hauser
Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART FieldCare operating menu

Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Level 4 Measuring mode, Level mode or See


Level selection page

CUST. TAG NUMBER 117

LONG TAG NUMBER 117

ADDITIONAL INFO. 117

DEVICE DESIGN. 117

HARDWARE REV. 117

SOFTWARE VERSION 117

CONFIG RECORDER 117


PCB TEMPERATURE 117

Allowed Min.TEMP 117

Allowed Max.TEMP 117

DIP STATUS 118

PROCESS Pmax PROC. CONN. all 118


CONNECTION
PROC.CONN.TYPE 118
MAT.PROC.CONN. + 118

MAT.PROC.CONN. - 118

SEAL TYPE 119

BOLTS MATERIAL 119


NUTS MATERIAL 119

DRAIN VENT MAT. 119

DRAIN VENT POS. 119


THREAD PROCESS 119

MOUNTING THREAD 119

REMOTE SEAL + 119

REMOTE SEAL - 119

DIAPHRAG.MAT. + 119

DIAPHRAG.MAT. - 119

NR OF CHEM SEAL 120

FILL FLUID 120

SENSOR DATA SENSOR SER. No. all 120


PRESS.SENS LOLIM 120

PRESS.SENS HILIM 120

MINIMUM SPAN 120


SENSOR MEAS.TYPE 120

MAT. MEMBRANE 120

FILLING FLUID 120


Tmin SENSOR 120

Tmax SENSOR 120

SENS H/WARE REV 120

PROCESS INFO PROCESS VALUES MEASURED VALUE Pressure 121

PRESSURE 121

CORRECTED PRESS. 121


SENSOR PRESSURE 121

SENSOR TEMP. 121

Endress+Hauser 59
FieldCare operating menu Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Level 4 Measuring mode, Level mode or See


Level selection page

MEAS. VAL. TREND 121

MEASURED VALUE Level 122

PRESSURE 122

CORRECTED PRESS. 122

SENSOR PRESSURE 122

SENSOR TEMP. 122

MEAS. VAL. TREND 122


LEVEL BEFORE LIN 122

TANK CONTENT Pressure Linearized, 122


Height Linearized
MEASURED VALUE Flow 122

PRESSURE 123

CORRECTED PRESS. 123

SENSOR PRESSURE 123

SENSOR TEMP. 123

MEAS. VAL. TREND 123

SUPPRESSED FLOW 123

TOTALIZER 1 123

TOTAL.1 OVERFLOW 123

TOTALIZER 2 123

TOTAL.2 OVERFLOW 123

PEAK HOLD INDIC. COUNTER:P > Pmax all 123

COUNTER:P < Pmin 123

MAX. MEAS.PRESS. 123

MIN. MEAS.PRESS. 123

COUNTER:T > Tmax 124


COUNTER:T < Tmin 124

MAX. MEAS.TEMP. 124

MIN. MEAS.TEMP. 124

PCB COUNT:T>Tmax 124

PCB COUNT:T<Tmin 124

PCB MAX. TEMP. 124


PCB MIN. TEMP. 124

RESET PEAKHOLD 124

OPERATION ENTER RESET CODE all 124


OPERATING HOURS 124

INSERT PIN No 125

HistoROM AVAIL. 125

DOWNLOAD SELECT. 125

HistoROM CONTROL 125

DIAGNOSTICS SIMULATION SIMULATION MODE all 126


SIM. PRESSURE 126

SIM.FLOW VALUE 126

60 Endress+Hauser
Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART FieldCare operating menu

Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Level 4 Measuring mode, Level mode or See


Level selection page

SIM. LEVEL 126

SIM. TANK CONT. 126

SIM. CURRENT 126

SIM. ERROR NO. 127

MESSAGES ALARM STATUS all 127

LAST DIAG. CODE 127

ACK. ALARM MODE 127


ACK. ALARM 127

RESET ALL ALARMS 128

ERROR No. 128

SELECT ALARMTYPE 128


(Overview alarms) (131)

ALARM DELAY 128

ALARM DISPL.TIME 128

USER LIMITS PminALARM WINDOW all 129

PmaxALARM WINDOW 129

TminALARM WINDOW 129

TmaxALARM WINDOW 129

SERVICE System2 CURR. TRIM 4mA all 129

CURR. TRIM 20mA 130

OFFSET 4mA TRIM 130

OFFSET 20mA TRIM 130

Endress+Hauser 61
Description of parameters Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

9 Description of parameters
• The following tables list all the parameters as per the menu structure of the on-site
display. Each table corresponds to a function group in the menu tree.
• The menu structure for on-site operation and the digital communication are different.
• In the operating program or HART handheld terminal, additional parameters are
displayed. These parameters are marked accordingly.
• The menu path of the on-site display is indicated in the header of each table. You can use
this path to get to the parameters in question.
• The menu has a different structure depending on the measuring mode selected. This
means that some function groups are only displayed for one measuring mode, e.g. the
"LINEARISATION" function group for the "Level" measuring mode. If certain requirements
have to be met for a function group, these are listed in the first row of the table.
• Some parameters are only displayed if other parameters are appropriately configured. For
example, the EMPTY CALIB. parameter is not displayed in the Quick Setup menu ("Level"
measuring mode) unless the "Linear" option was selected for the LEVEL MODE parameter
and the "Wet" option was selected for the CALIBRATION MODE parameter. There is a
comment in the parameter description here stating: Note: prerequisite: LEVEL MODE =
Linear and CALIBRATION MODE = Wet.
• Parameter names are written in upper case in the text.
• In the "Parameter name" column, the unique identification number (ID) of the parameter
is indicated in brackets. This ID only appears on the on-site display.

Table 1: GROUP SELECTION LANGUAGE – on-site operation

Parameter name Description


LANGUAGE (079) Select the menu language for the on-site display.
Selection
• In the operating program and in the HART handheld terminal, the LANGUAGE
parameter is arranged in the DISPLAY function group.
• Select the menu language for FieldCare via the "Extras" menu "Options" 
"Display" tab "Tool language" area.
Factory setting:
English

Table 2: GROUP SELECTION MEASURING MODE – on-site operation

Parameter name Description

MEASURING MODE (389) Select the measuring mode.


Selection The operating menu is structured according to the selected measuring mode.

! WARNING
Changing the measuring mode can affect the adjustment data!
This situation can result in product overflow.
‣ Check calibration data when the measuring mode is changed.
Options:
• Pressure
• Level
• Deltabar S: Flow
Factory setting:
• Cerabar S and Deltabar S: Pressure
• Deltapilot S: Level

62 Endress+Hauser
Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART Description of parameters

Table 2: GROUP SELECTION MEASURING MODE – on-site operation

Parameter name Description

LEVEL SELECTION (020) Select level mode.


Options
Prerequisite:
• MEASURING MODE = Level
• In the "Level Easy Pressure" and "Level Easy Height" level modes, the values
entered are not tested as extensively as in the "Level Standard" level mode. The
values entered for EMPTY CALIB./FULL CALIB., EMPTY PRESSURE/FULL
PRESSURE, EMPTY HEIGHT/FULL HEIGHT and SET LRV/SET URV must have a
minimum interval of 1% for the "Level Easy Pressure" and "Level Easy Height"
level modes. The value will be rejected with a warning message if the values are
too close together. Further limit values are not checked; i.e. the values entered
must be appropriate for the sensor and the measuring task so that the
measuring device can measure correctly.
For an overview of the different level modes and types, see Page 8, Section
5.1 "Overview of level measurement".
• The "Level Easy Pressure" and "Level Easy Height" level modes encompass fewer
parameters than the "Level Standard" mode and are used for quick and easy
configuration of a level application.
• Customer-specific units of fill level, volume and mass or a linearization table
may only be entered in the "Level Standard" level mode.
• Where the device is intended for use as a subsystem in a safety function (SIL), a
"Device configuration with enhanced parameter security" (SAFETY CONFIRM.) is
only possible for the "Level" operating mode in the "Level Easy Pressure" level
mode. All parameters previously entered are checked after a password is
entered. Once the "Level Easy Height" or "Level Standard" has been selected, the
configuration will first have to be reset to the ex-works setting using the RESET
parameter (menu path: (GROUP SELECTION ) OPERATING MENU 
OPERATION) using the reset code "7864".
For additional information, see the Safety Manual for Deltabar S (SD00189),
Cerabar S (SD00190) or Deltapilot S (SD00213P).
Options:
• Level Easy Pressure
Specify two pressure-level value pairs for this level mode. The pressure
measured value is converted directly to the unit which is selected via the
OUTPUT UNIT parameter (Page 71). Two calibration modes, "Wet" and "Dry",
are available.
– Wet calibration takes place by filling and emptying the container. In the case
of two different levels, the level, volume, mass or percentage value entered is
assigned to the pressure measured at this point in time.
– Dry calibration is a theoretical calibration. For this calibration, specify two
pressure-level value pairs via the EMPTY CALIB., EMPTY PRESSURE, FULL
CALIB. and FULL PRESSURE parameters. Parameter descriptions see Page
72 ff.
• Level Easy Height
For this level mode, specify a height unit, density and two height-level value
pairs. The pressure measured value is converted to a height value using the
density entered and the height unit. Two calibration modes, "Wet" and "Dry", are
available.
– Wet calibration takes place by filling and emptying the container. In the case
of two different levels, the level, volume, mass or percentage value entered is
assigned to the converted height value.
– Dry calibration is a theoretical calibration. For this calibration, specify two
height-level value pairs via the EMPTY CALIB., EMPTY HEIGHT, FULL CALIB.
and FULL HEIGHT parameters. Parameter descriptions see Page 76 ff.
• Level standard
Once you have selected this level mode, you can use the LEVEL MODE parameter
( Page 78) to choose between "Linear", "Pressure Linearized" and "Height
Linearized".
Factory setting:
Level Easy Pressure

 For LEVEL SELECTION = "Level Easy Pressure" see Page 70, Table 8.
 For LEVEL SELECTION = "Level Easy Height" see Page 73, Table 9.
 For LEVEL SELECTION = "Level standard" see Page 77, Table 10.

Endress+Hauser 63
Description of parameters Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Table 3: (GROUP SELECTION ) QUICK SETUP "Pressure"

Parameter name Description

This menu displays the most important parameters for the "Pressure" measuring mode.
Prerequisite:
• MEASURING MODE = Pressure

POS. ZERO ADJUST (685) Position adjustment – the pressure difference between zero (set point) and the
Entry measured pressure need not be known.
Due to the orientation of the device, there may be a shift in the measured value, i.e.
for example, when the container is empty, the MEASURED VALUE parameter does
not display zero.
Example:
– MEASURED VALUE = 2.2 mbar (0.033 psi)
– Correct the MEASURED VALUE via the POS. ZERO ADJUST parameter with the
"Confirm" option. This means that you are assigning the value 0.0 to the pressure
present.
– MEASURED VALUE (after pos. zero adjust) = 0.0 mbar
– The current value is also corrected.
The CALIB. OFFSET parameter displays the resulting pressure difference (offset) by
which the MEASURED VALUE was corrected.
Prerequisite:
• This parameter is displayed for Deltabar S, Cerabar S with gauge pressure sensor
and Deltapilot S.
Options:
• Abort
• Confirm
Factory setting:
Abort

POS. INPUT VALUE (563) Position adjustment – the pressure difference between zero (set point) and the
Entry measured pressure need not be known. To correct the pressure difference, you
need a reference measurement value (e. g. from a reference device).
Due to the orientation of the device, there may be a shift in the measured value, i.e.
for example, when the container is empty, the MEASURED VALUE parameter does
not display zero or the desired value.
Example:
– MEASURED VALUE = 0.5 mbar (0.0075 psi)
– For the POS. INPUT VALUE parameter, specify the desired set point for the
MEASURED VALUE, e.g. 2 mbar.
(MEASURED VALUEnew = POS. INPUT VALUE)
– MEASURED VALUE (after entry for POS. INPUT VALUE) = 2.0 mbar (0.03 psi)
– The CALIB. OFFSET parameter displays the resulting pressure difference (offset)
by which the MEASURED VALUE was corrected.
CALIB. OFFSET = MEASURED VALUE old – POS. INPUT VALUE,
here: CALIB. OFFSET = 0.5 mbar (0.0075 psi) – 2.0 mbar (0.03 psi) = – 1.5
mbar (0.0225 psi))
– The current value is also corrected.
Prerequisite:
• This parameter is displayed for Cerabar S with absolute pressure sensors.
Factory setting:
0.0

SET LRV (245) Set lower range value – without reference pressure.
Entry Enter pressure value for the lower current value (4 mA).
Factory setting:
0.0 or as per order specifications

SET URV (246) Set upper range value – without reference pressure.
Entry Enter pressure value for the upper current value (20 mA).
Factory setting:
High sensor limit (see PRESS. SENS HILIM, Page 120) or as per order
specifications

64 Endress+Hauser
Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART Description of parameters

Table 3: (GROUP SELECTION ) QUICK SETUP "Pressure"

Parameter name Description

DAMPING VALUE (247) Enter damping time (time constant ).


Entry The damping affects the speed at which all subsequent elements, such as the on-
site display, measured value and current output react to a change in the pressure.
Input range:
0.0...999.0 s
Factory setting:
2.0 s or as per order specifications

Table 4: (GROUP SELECTION )QUICK SETUP "Level"


Parameter name Description

This menu displays the most important parameters for the "Level" measuring mode.
Prerequisite:
• MEASURING MODE = Level

POS. ZERO ADJUST (685) Position adjustment – the pressure difference between zero (set point) and the
Entry measured pressure need not be known.
Due to the orientation of the device, there may be a shift in the measured value, i.e.
when the container is empty, the MEASURED VALUE parameter does not display
zero.
Example:
– MEASURED VALUE = 2.2 mbar (0.033 psi)
– Correct the MEASURED VALUE via the POS. ZERO ADJUST parameter with the
"Confirm" option. This means that you are assigning the value 0.0 to the pressure
present.
– MEASURED VALUE (after pos. zero adjust) = 0.0 mbar
– The current value is also corrected.
The CALIB. OFFSET parameter displays the resulting pressure difference (offset) by
which the MEASURED VALUE was corrected.
Prerequisite:
• This parameter is displayed for Deltabar S, Cerabar S with gauge pressure sensor
and Deltapilot S.
Options:
• Abort
• Confirm
Factory setting:
0.0

POS. INPUT VALUE (563) Position adjustment – the pressure difference between zero (set point) and the
Entry measured pressure need not be known. To correct the pressure difference, you
need a reference measurement value (e. g. from a reference device).
Due to the orientation of the device, there may be a shift in the measured value, i.e.
when the container is empty, the MEASURED VALUE parameter does not display
zero or the desired value.
Example:
– MEASURED VALUE = 0.5 mbar (0.0075 psi)
– For the POS. INPUT VALUE parameter, specify the desired set point for the
MEASURED VALUE, e.g. 2.0 mbar (0.03 psi).
(MEASURED VALUE new = POS. INPUT VALUE)
– MEASURED VALUE (after entry for POS. INPUT VALUE) = 2.0 mbar (0.03 psi)
– The CALIB. OFFSET parameter displays the resulting pressure difference (offset)
by which the MEASURED VALUE was corrected.
CALIB. OFFSET = MEASURED VALUEold – POS. INPUT VALUE,
here: CALIB. OFFSET = 0.5 mbar (0.0075 psi) – 2.0 mbar (0.03 psi) = – 1.5
mbar (0.0225 psi))
– The current value is also corrected.
Prerequisite:
• This parameter is displayed for Cerabar S with absolute pressure sensors.
Factory setting:
0.0

Endress+Hauser 65
Description of parameters Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Table 4: (GROUP SELECTION )QUICK SETUP "Level"

Parameter name Description

EMPTY CALIB. (314)/ Enter level value for the lower calibration point (container empty).
(010) The container is either empty or part full. By entering a value for this parameter,
Entry you are assigning a level value to the pressure present at the device.
Prerequisite:
• LEVEL SELECTION = Level Easy Pressure ( see also Page 63),
CALIBRATION MODE = Wet (see also Page 72)
• LEVEL SELECTION = Level Standard ( see also Page),
LEVEL MODE = Linear ( see also Page 78),
CALIBRATION MODE = Wet (see also Page 82)

For this parameter, the on-site display shows the level value to be entered and the
pressure present at the device. In order for the level value to be saved together with
the pressure present at the device, the entry field for the level value must first be
activated using the  or  key before confirming with the  key. This applies also
if the level value is to remain unchanged.
Factory setting:
0.0

FULL CALIB. (315)/(004) Enter level value for the upper calibration point (container full).
Entry The container is either completely or almost full. By entering a value for this
parameter, you are assigning a level value to the pressure present at the device.
Prerequisite:
• LEVEL SELECTION = Level Easy Pressure ( see also Page 63),
CALIBRATION MODE = Wet (see also Page 72)
• LEVEL SELECTION = Level Standard,
LEVEL MODE = Linear ( see also Page 78),
CALIBRATION MODE = Wet (see also Page 82)

For this parameter, the on-site display shows the level value to be entered and the
pressure present at the device. In order for the level value to be saved together with
the pressure present at the device, the entry field for the level value must first be
activated using the  or  key before confirming with the  key. This applies also
if the level value is to remain unchanged.
Factory setting:
100.0

DAMPING VALUE (247) Enter damping time (time constant ).


Entry The damping affects the speed at which all subsequent elements, such as the on-
site display, measured value and current output react to a change in the pressure.
Input range:
0.0...999.0 s
Factory setting:
2.0 s or as per order specifications

Table 5: (GROUP SELECTION ) QUICK SETUP "Flow"


Parameter name Description

This menu displays the most important parameters for the "Flow" measuring mode.
Prerequisite:
• Deltabar S differential pressure transmitter
• MEASURING MODE = Flow

66 Endress+Hauser
Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART Description of parameters

Table 5: (GROUP SELECTION ) QUICK SETUP "Flow"

Parameter name Description

POS. ZERO ADJUST (685) Position adjustment – the pressure difference between zero (set point) and the
Entry measured pressure need not be known. (A reference pressure is present at the
device.)
Due to the orientation of the device, there may be a shift in the measured value, i.e.
when the container is empty, the MEASURED VALUE parameter does not display
zero.
Example:
– MEASURED VALUE = 2.2 mbar (0,033 psi)
– Correct the MEASURED VALUE via the POS. ZERO ADJUST parameter with the
"Confirm" option. This means that you are assigning the value 0.0 to the pressure
present.
– MEASURED VALUE (after pos. zero adjust) = 0.0 mbar
– The current value is also corrected.
The CALIB. OFFSET parameter displays the resulting pressure difference (offset) by
which the MEASURED VALUE was corrected.
Selection:
• Abort
• Confirm
Factory setting:
0.0

MAX. FLOW (311) Enter maximum flow of primary element.


Entry See also layout sheet of primary element. The maximum flow is assigned to the
maximum pressure which you enter via MAX PRESS. FLOW.

Use the LINEAR/SQROOT parameter (Page 114) to specify the current signal for
the "Flow" measuring mode. The following applies for the "Flow (square root)"
setting:
If you enter a new value for MAX. FLOW, the value for SET URV is also changed.
Use SET URV to assign a flow to the upper current value. If you want to assign the
upper current value a value other than that for MAX. FLOW, you must enter the
desired value for SET URV. ( SET URV, Page 104).
Factory setting:
1.0
MAX PRESS. FLOW (634) Enter maximum pressure of primary element.
Entry See layout sheet of primary element. This value is assigned to the maximum
flow value (see MAX. FLOW).

Use the LINEAR/SQROOT parameter (Page 114) to specify the current signal for
the "Flow" measuring mode. The following applies for the "Differential pres." setting:
If you enter a new value for MAX PRESS. FLOW, the value for SET URV is also
changed. Use SET URV to assign a pressure value to the upper current value. If you
want to assign the upper current value a value other than that for MAX PRESS.
FLOW, you must enter the desired value for SET URV. ( SET URV, Page 104).
Factory setting:
High sensor limit ( See PRESS. SENS HILIM, Page 120)

MIN. PRESS. FLOW Display of the pressure value at minimum flow rate (= 0).
Display Factory setting:
0
Prerequisite:
Digital communication

DAMPING VALUE (247) Enter damping time (time constant ).


Entry The damping affects the speed at which all subsequent elements, such as the on-
site display, measured value and current output react to a change in the pressure.
Input range:
0.0...999.0 s
Factory setting:
2.0 s or as per order specifications

Endress+Hauser 67
Description of parameters Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Table 6: (GROUP SELECTION )OPERATING MENU SETTINGS POSITION ADJUSTMENT

Parameter name Description

Due to the orientation of the device, there may be a shift in the measured value, i.e. when the container is empty,
the measured value does not display zero. Deltabar S and Cerabar S offer three different ways of performing a
position adjustment.
Recommendation:
• The pressure difference between zero (set point) and the measured pressure need not be known.
– POS. ZERO ADJUST: Deltabar S or Cerabar S with gauge pressure sensor or Deltapilot S.
– POS. INPUT VALUE: Cerabar S with absolute pressure sensor.
• The pressure difference between zero (set point) and the measured pressure is known.
– CALIB. OFFSET: Deltabar S, Cerabar S with gauge pressure sensor, Cerabar S with absolute pressure sensor
or Deltapilot S.

POS. ZERO ADJUST (685) Position adjustment – the pressure difference between zero (set point) and the
Entry measured pressure need not be known.
Example:
– MEASURED VALUE = 2.2 mbar (0.033 psi)
– Correct the MEASURED VALUE via the POS. ZERO ADJUST parameter with the
"Confirm" option. This means that you are assigning the value 0.0 to the pressure
present.
– MEASURED VALUE (after pos. zero adjust) = 0.0 mbar
– The current value is also corrected.
The CALIB. OFFSET parameter displays the resulting pressure difference (offset) by
which the MEASURED VALUE was corrected.
Selection:
• Abort
• Confirm
Factory setting:
0.0
POS. INPUT VALUE (563) Position adjustment – the pressure difference between zero (set point) and the
Entry measured pressure need not be known. To correct the pressure difference, you
need a reference measurement value (e. g. from a reference device).
Example:
– MEASURED VALUE = 0.5 mbar (0.0075 psi)
– For the POS. INPUT VALUE parameter, specify the desired set point for the
MEASURED VALUE, e.g. 2.0 mbar (0.03 psi).
(MEASURED VALUEnew = POS. INPUT VALUE)
– MEASURED VALUE (after entry for POS. INPUT VALUE) = 2.0 mbar (0.03 psi)
– The CALIB. OFFSET parameter displays the resulting pressure difference (offset)
by which the MEASURED VALUE was corrected.
CALIB. OFFSET = MEASURED VALUEold – POS. INPUT VALUE,
here: CALIB. OFFSET = 0.5 mbar (0.0075 psi) – 2.0 mbar (0.03 psi) = – 1.5
mbar (0.0225 psi))
– The current value is also corrected.
Factory setting:
0.0

CALIB. OFFSET (319) Position adjustment - the pressure difference between zero (set point) and the
Entry measured pressure is known.
Example:
– MEASURED VALUE = 2.2 mbar (0.033 psi)
– Via the CALIB. OFFSET parameter, enter the value by which the MEASURED
VALUE should be corrected. To correct the MEASURED VALUE to 0.0 mbar, you
must enter the value 2.2 here.
(MEASURED VALUEnew = MEASURED VALUEold – CALIB. OFFSET)
– MEASURED VALUE (after entry for calib. offset) = 0.0 mbar
– The current value is also corrected.
Factory setting:
0.0

68 Endress+Hauser
Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART Description of parameters

Table 7: (GROUP SELECTION ) OPERATING MENU SETTINGS BASIC SETUP "Pressure"

Parameter name Description

Prerequisite:
• MEASURING MODE = Pressure

PRESS. ENG. UNIT (060) Select pressure unit.


Selection If a new pressure unit is selected, all pressure-specific parameters are converted
and displayed with the new unit.
Options:
• mbar, bar
• mmH2O, mH2O, inH2O, ftH2O 1)
• Pa, hPa, kPa, MPa
• psi
• mmHg, inHg 2)
• Torr
• g/cm2, kg/cm2
• lb/ft2
• atm
• gf/cm2, kgf/cm2
• User unit, See also the following parameter description for CUSTOMER UNIT
P and CUST. UNIT FACT. P.
1) The conversion factor of the pressure units refers to a reference temperature of
4 °C (39.2 °F).
2) The conversion factor of the pressure units refers to a reference temperature of
0 °C (32 °F).
Factory setting:
Depends on the sensor nominal measuring range mbar or bar or as per order
specifications

CUSTOMER UNIT P (075) Enter text (unit) for customer-specific pressure unit.
Entry You can enter a maximum of eight alphanumeric characters here. See also
CUST. UNIT FACT. P.
Prerequisite:
• PRESS. ENG. UNIT = User unit

Only the first five characters are shown on the on-site display. For example, if
"crates" is specified as the customer-specific unit, "crate" is displayed.
If the unit contains a slash, up to eight characters can be shown on the on-site
display. The maximum number of characters in the counter is again limited to five.
For example, if "crates/m2" is specified as the customer-specific unit, "crate/m2" is
displayed. In the FieldCare, all eight characters are displayed.
In the HART handheld terminal, the customer-specific unit is only displayed in the
CUSTOMER UNIT P parameter. The measured value is displayed with the
additional text "User Unit".
Factory setting:
________
CUST. UNIT FACT. P (317) Enter conversion factor for a customer-specific pressure unit.
Entry The conversion factor must be entered in relation to the SI unit "Pa". See also
CUSTOMER UNIT P.
Prerequisite:
• PRESS. ENG. UNIT = User unit
Example:
– You want the measured value to be displayed in "PU" (PU: packing unit).
– MEASURED VALUE =10000 Pa  1 PU
– Entry CUSTOMER UNIT P: PU
– Entry CUST. UNIT FACT. P: 0.0001
– Result: MEASURED VALUE = 1 PU
Factory setting:
1.0

SET LRV (245) Set lower range value – without reference pressure.
Entry Enter pressure value for the lower current value (4 mA).
Factory setting:
0.0 or as per order specifications

Endress+Hauser 69
Description of parameters Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Table 7: (GROUP SELECTION ) OPERATING MENU SETTINGS BASIC SETUP "Pressure"

Parameter name Description

SET URV (246) Set upper range value – without reference pressure.
Entry Enter pressure value for the upper current value (20 mA).
Factory setting:
High sensor limit ( See PRESS. SENS HILIM, Page 120)

GET LRV (309) Set lower range value – reference pressure is present at device.
Entry The pressure for the lower current value (4 mA) is present at device. With the
"Confirm" option, you assign the lower current value to the pressure value present.
On-site display: the pressure value present is displayed in the bottom line.
Options:
• Abort
• Confirm

GET URV (310) Set upper range value – reference pressure is present at device.
Entry The pressure for the upper current value (20 mA) is present at device. With the
"Confirm" option, you assign the upper current value to the pressure value present.
On-site display: the pressure value present is displayed in the bottom line.
Options:
• Abort
• Confirm

DAMPING VALUE (247) Enter damping time (time constant ).


Entry The damping affects the speed at which all subsequent elements, such as the on-
site display, measured value and current output react to a change in the pressure.
Input range:
0.0...999.0 s
Factory setting:
2.0 s or as per order specifications

Table 8: (GROUP SELECTION) OPERATING MENU SETTINGS  BASIC SETUP "Level",


LEVEL SELECTION "Level Easy Pressure"

The following parameters are displayed if you have selected the "Level Easy Pressure" option for the LEVEL
SELECTION parameter. Specify two pressure-level value pairs for this level mode. Two calibration modes, "Wet"
and "Dry", are available.
Prerequisite:
• MEASURING MODE = Level
• LEVEL SELECTION = Level Easy Pressure
PRESS. ENG. UNIT (060) Select pressure unit.
Selection If a new pressure unit is selected, all pressure-specific parameters are converted
and displayed with the new unit.
Options:
• mbar, bar
• mmH2O, mH2O, inH2O, ftH2O 1)
• Pa, hPa, kPa, MPa
• psi
• mmHg, inHg 2)
• Torr
• g/cm2, kg/cm2
• lb/ft2
• atm
• gf/cm2, kgf/cm2
• User unit, See also the following parameter description for CUSTOMER UNIT
P and CUST. UNIT FACT. P.
1) The conversion factor of the pressure units refers to a reference temperature of
4 °C (39.2 °F).
2) The conversion factor of the pressure units refers to a reference temperature of
0 °C (32 °F).
Factory setting:
Depends on the sensor nominal measuring range mbar or bar or as per order
specifications

70 Endress+Hauser
Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART Description of parameters

Table 8: (GROUP SELECTION) OPERATING MENU SETTINGS  BASIC SETUP "Level",


LEVEL SELECTION "Level Easy Pressure"

CUSTOMER UNIT P (075) Enter text (unit) for customer-specific pressure unit.
Entry You can enter a maximum of eight alphanumeric characters here. See also
CUST. UNIT FACT. P.
Prerequisite:
• PRESS. ENG. UNIT = User unit

Only the first five characters are shown on the on-site display. For example, if
"crates" is specified as the customer-specific unit, "crate" is displayed.
If the unit contains a slash, up to eight characters can be shown on the on-site
display. The maximum number of characters in the counter is again limited to five.
For example, if "crates/m2" is specified as the customer-specific unit, "crate/m2" is
displayed. In the FieldCare, all eight characters are displayed.
In the HART handheld terminal, the customer-specific unit is only displayed in the
CUSTOMER UNIT P parameter. The measured value is displayed with the
additional text "User Unit".
Factory setting:
________

CUST. UNIT FACT. P (317) Enter conversion factor for a customer-specific pressure unit.
Entry The conversion factor must be entered in relation to the SI unit "Pa". See also
CUSTOMER UNIT P.
Prerequisite:
• PRESS. ENG. UNIT = User unit
Example:
– You want the measured value to be displayed in "PU" (PU: packing unit).
– MEASURED VALUE =10000 Pa  1 PU
– Entry CUSTOMER UNIT P: PU
– Entry CUST. UNIT FACT. P: 0.0001
– Result: MEASURED VALUE = 1 PU
Factory setting:
1.0

OUTPUT UNIT (023) Select unit for measured value display and MEASURED VALUE parameter ( Page
Selection 121).

The selected unit is used only to describe the measured value. This means that
when selecting a new output unit, the measured value is not converted.
Example:
• current measured value: 0.3 ft
• new output unit: m
• new measured value: 0.3 m (0.98 ft)
Options
• %
• mm, cm, dm, m
• ft, inch
• cm3, dm3, m3,m3 E3
• l, hl
• ft3, ft3 E3
• gal, bbl, Igal
• g, kg, t
• lb, ton, oz
Factory setting:
%

Endress+Hauser 71
Description of parameters Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Table 8: (GROUP SELECTION) OPERATING MENU SETTINGS  BASIC SETUP "Level",


LEVEL SELECTION "Level Easy Pressure"

CALIBRATION MODE Select calibration mode.


(008)
Options:
Selection
• Wet
Wet calibration takes place by filling and emptying the container. In the case of
two different levels, the level, volume, mass or percentage value entered is
assigned to the pressure measured at this point in time. ( See also this table,
parameter descriptions for EMPTY CALIB. and FULL CALIB.)
• Dry
Dry calibration is a theoretical calibration. For this calibration, specify two
pressure-level value pairs via the following parameters: EMPTY CALIB., EMPTY
PRESSURE, FULL CALIB. and FULL PRESSURE.
Factory setting:
Wet

EMPTY CALIB. (010) Enter level, volume, mass or percentage value for the lower calibration point
Entry (container empty).
The container is either empty or part full. By entering a value for this parameter,
you assign a level, volume, mass or percentage value to the pressure present at the
device. The unit is selected via the OUTPUT UNIT parameter ( Page 71).
Prerequisite:
• CALIBRATION MODE = Wet

For this parameter, the on-site display shows the level value to be entered and the
pressure present at the device. In order for the level value to be saved together with
the pressure present at the device, the entry field for the level value must first be
activated using the  or  key before confirming with the  key. This applies also
if the level value is to remain unchanged.
Factory setting:
0.0

FULL CALIB. (004) Enter height, volume or mass value for the upper calibration point (container full).
Entry The container is either completely or almost full. By entering a value for this
parameter, you assign a height, volume or mass value to the pressure present at
the device. The unit is selected via the OUTPUT UNIT parameter ( Page 71).
Prerequisite:
• CALIBRATION MODE = Wet

For this parameter, the on-site display shows the level value to be entered and the
pressure present at the device. In order for the level value to be saved together with
the pressure present at the device, the entry field for the level value must first be
activated using the  or  key before confirming with the  key. This applies also
if the level value is to remain unchanged.
Factory setting:
100.0

EMPTY CALIB. (010) Enter level, volume, mass or percentage value for the lower calibration point
Entry (container empty).
The values entered for the EMPTY CALIB. and EMPTY PRESSURE parameters form
the pressure-level value pair for the lower calibration point. The unit is selected via
the OUTPUT UNIT parameter ( Page 71).
Prerequisite:
• CALIBRATION MODE = Dry
Factory setting:
0.0

EMPTY PRESSURE (011) Enter pressure value for the lower calibration point (container empty).
Entry See also EMPTY CALIB.
Prerequisite:
• CALIBRATION MODE = Dry
Factory setting:
0.0

72 Endress+Hauser
Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART Description of parameters

Table 8: (GROUP SELECTION) OPERATING MENU SETTINGS  BASIC SETUP "Level",


LEVEL SELECTION "Level Easy Pressure"

FULL CALIB. (004) Enter height, volume, mass or percentage value for the upper calibration point
Entry (container full).
The values entered for the FULL CALIB. and FULL PRESSURE parameters form the
pressure-level value pair for the upper calibration point. The unit is selected via the
OUTPUT UNIT parameter ( Page 71).
Prerequisite:
• CALIBRATION MODE = Dry
Factory setting:
100.0

FULL PRESSURE (005) Enter pressure value for the upper calibration point (container full).
Entry See also FULL CALIB.
Prerequisite:
• CALIBRATION MODE = Dry
Factory setting:
100.0
SET LRV (013) Enter value for the lower current value (4 mA). The unit is selected via the OUTPUT
Entry UNIT parameter ( Page 71).
Factory setting:
0.0

SET URV (012) Enter value for the upper current value (20 mA). The unit is selected via the
Entry OUTPUT UNIT parameter ( Page 71).
Factory setting:
100.0
DAMPING VALUE (247) Enter damping time (time constant ).
Entry The damping affects the speed at which all subsequent elements, such as the on-
site display, measured value and current output react to a change in the pressure.
Input range:
0.0 to 999.0 s
Factory setting:
2.0 s or as per order specifications

Table 9: (GROUP SELECTION) OPERATING MENU SETTINGS  BASIC SETUP "Level",


LEVEL SELECTION "Level Easy Height"

The following parameters are displayed if you have selected the "Level Easy Height" option for the LEVEL
SELECTION parameter. For this level mode, specify a height unit, density and two height-level value pairs. The
pressure measured value is converted to a height value using the density entered and the height. Two calibration
modes, "Wet" and "Dry", are available.
Prerequisite:
• MEASURING MODE = Level
• LEVEL SELECTION = Level Easy Height

Endress+Hauser 73
Description of parameters Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Table 9: (GROUP SELECTION) OPERATING MENU SETTINGS  BASIC SETUP "Level",


LEVEL SELECTION "Level Easy Height"

PRESS. ENG. UNIT (060) Select pressure unit.


Options If a new pressure unit is selected, all pressure-specific parameters are converted
and displayed with the new unit.
Options:
• mbar, bar
• mmH2O, mH2O, inH2O, ftH2O 1)
• Pa, hPa, kPa, MPa
• psi
• mmHg, inHg 2)
• Torr
• g/cm2, kg/cm2
• lb/ft2
• atm
• gf/cm2, kgf/cm2
• User unit, See also the following parameter description for CUSTOMER UNIT
P and CUST. UNIT FACT. P.
1) The conversion factor of the pressure units refers to a reference temperature of
4 °C (39.2 °F).
2) The conversion factor of the pressure units refers to a reference temperature of
0 °C (32 °F).
Factory setting:
Depends on the sensor nominal measuring range mbar or bar or as per order
specifications

CUSTOMER UNIT P (075) Enter text (unit) for customised pressure unit.
Entry You can enter a maximum of eight alphanumeric characters here. See also
CUST. UNIT FACT. P.
Prerequisite:
• PRESS. ENG. UNIT = User unit

Only the first five characters are shown on the on-site display. For example, if
"crates" is specified as the customer-specific unit, "crate" is displayed.
If the unit contains a slash, up to eight characters can be shown on the on-site
display. The maximum number of characters in the counter is again limited to five.
For example, if "crates/m2" is specified as the customer-specific unit, "crate/m2" is
displayed. In the FieldCare, all eight characters are displayed.
In the HART handheld terminal, the customised unit is displayed only in the
CUSTOMER UNIT P parameter. The measured value is displayed with the
additional text "User Unit".
Factory setting:
________
CUST. UNIT FACT. P (317) Enter conversion factor for a customer-specific pressure unit.
Entry The conversion factor must be entered in relation to the SI unit "Pa". See also
CUSTOMER UNIT P.
Prerequisite:
• PRESS. ENG. UNIT = User unit
Example:
– You want the measured value to be displayed in "PU" (PU: packing unit).
– MEASURED VALUE =10000 Pa  1 PU
– Entry CUSTOMER UNIT P: PU
– Entry CUST. UNIT FACT. P: 0.0001
– Result: MEASURED VALUE = 1 PU
Factory setting:
1.0

74 Endress+Hauser
Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART Description of parameters

Table 9: (GROUP SELECTION) OPERATING MENU SETTINGS  BASIC SETUP "Level",


LEVEL SELECTION "Level Easy Height"

OUTPUT UNIT (023) Select unit for measured value display and MEASURED VALUE parameter ( Page
Options 121).

The selected unit is used only to describe the measured value. This means that
when selecting a new output unit, the measured value is not converted.
Example:
• current measured value: 0.3 ft
• new output unit: m
• new measured value: 0.3 m (0.98 ft)
Options:
• %
• mm, cm, dm, m
• ft, inch
• cm3, dm3, m3,m3 E3
• l, hl
• ft3, ft3 E3
• gal, bbl, Igal
• g, kg, t
• lb, ton, oz
Factory setting:
%

HEIGHT UNIT (003) Select height unit. The measured pressure is converted to the chosen height unit
Options using the DENSITY UNIT and ADJUST DENSITY parameters.
Options:
• mm
• cm
• dm
• m
• inch
• ft
Factory setting:
m

CALIBRATION MODE Select calibration mode.


(008) Options:
Options
• Wet
Wet calibration takes place by filling and emptying the container. The measured
pressure is converted to the chosen height unit using the HEIGHT UNIT,
DENSITY UNIT and ADJUST DENSITY parameters. In the case of two different
levels, the level, volume, mass or percentage value entered is assigned to the
converted height value.
• Dry
Dry calibration is a theoretical calibration. For this calibration, specify two
height-level value pairs via the EMPTY CALIB., EMPTY HEIGHT, FULL CALIB.
and FULL HEIGHT parameters.
Factory setting:
Dry

DENSITY UNIT (001) Select density unit. The measured pressure is converted to a height using the
Options HEIGHT UNIT, DENSITY UNIT and ADJUST DENSITY parameters.
Options:
• g/cm3
• kg/dm3
• kg/m3
• US lb/in3
• US lb/ft3
Factory setting:
kg/dm3

ADJUST DENSITY (007) Enter density of fluid. The measured pressure is converted to a height using the
Entry HEIGHT UNIT, DENSITY UNIT and ADJUST DENSITY parameters.
Factory setting:
1.0

Endress+Hauser 75
Description of parameters Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Table 9: (GROUP SELECTION) OPERATING MENU SETTINGS  BASIC SETUP "Level",


LEVEL SELECTION "Level Easy Height"

EMPTY CALIB. (010) Enter level, volume, mass or percentage value for the lower calibration point
Entry (container empty).
The container is either empty or part full. The measured pressure is converted to a
height value using the HEIGHT UNIT, DENSITY UNIT and ADJUST DENSITY
parameters and displayed. Using the parameter EMPTY CALIB., you assign a level,
volume, mass or percentage value to the height value. The unit is selected via the
OUTPUT UNIT parameter ( Page 75).
Prerequisite:
• CALIBRATION MODE = Wet

For this parameter, the on-site display shows the level value to be entered and the
pressure present at the device. In order for the level value to be saved together with
the pressure present at the device, the entry field for the level value must first be
activated using the  or  key before confirming with the  key. This applies also
if the level value is to remain unchanged.
Factory setting:
0.0

FULL CALIB. (004) Enter level, volume, mass or percentage value for the upper calibration point
Entry (container full).
The container is either completely or almost full. Using the parameters HEIGHT
UNIT, DENSITY UNIT and ADJUST DENSITY, the measured pressure is converted to
a height value and displayed. Using the parameter FULL CALIB., you assign a level,
volume, mass or percentage value to the height value. The unit is selected via the
OUTPUT UNIT parameter ( Page 75).
Prerequisite:
• CALIBRATION MODE = Wet

For this parameter, the on-site display shows the level value to be entered and the
pressure present at the device. In order for the level value to be saved together with
the pressure present at the device, the entry field for the level value must first be
activated using the  or  key before confirming with the  key. This applies also
if the level value is to remain unchanged.
Factory setting:
100.0

EMPTY CALIB. (010) Enter level, volume, mass or percentage value for the lower calibration point
Entry (container empty).
The values entered for the EMPTY CALIB. and EMPTY HEIGHT parameters form
the height-level value pair for the lower calibration point. The unit is selected via
the OUTPUT UNIT parameter ( Page 75).
Prerequisite:
• CALIBRATION MODE = Dry
Factory setting:
0.0

EMPTY HEIGHT (009) Height value for the lower calibration point (container empty). The unit is selected
Entry via the HEIGHT UNIT parameter ( Page 75).
See also EMPTY CALIB.
Prerequisite:
• CALIBRATION MODE = Dry
Factory setting:
Upper range limit (URL) coverted to an height unit

FULL CALIB. (004) Enter level, volume, mass or percentage value for the upper calibration point
Entry (container full).
The values entered for the FULL CALIB. and FULL HEIGHT parameters form the
height-level value pair for the upper calibration point. The unit is selected via the
OUTPUT UNIT parameter ( Page 75).
Prerequisite:
• CALIBRATION MODE = Dry
Factory setting:
100.0

76 Endress+Hauser
Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART Description of parameters

Table 9: (GROUP SELECTION) OPERATING MENU SETTINGS  BASIC SETUP "Level",


LEVEL SELECTION "Level Easy Height"

FULL HEIGHT (006) Enter height value for the upper calibration point (container full). The unit is
Entry selected via the HEIGHT UNIT parameter ( Page 75).
See also FULL CALIB.
Prerequisite:
• CALIBRATION MODE = Dry
Factory setting:
0.0

SET LRV (013) Enter level, volume, mass or percentage value for the lower current value (4 mA).
Entry The unit is selected via the OUTPUT UNIT parameter ( Page 75).
Factory setting:
0.0

SET URV (012) Enter level, volume, mass or percentage value for the upper current value (20 mA).
Entry The unit is selected via the OUTPUT UNIT parameter ( Page 75).
Factory setting:
100.0

DAMPING VALUE (247) Enter damping time (time constant ).


Entry The damping affects the speed at which all subsequent elements, such as the on-
site display, measured value and current output react to a change in the pressure.
Input range:
0.0 to 999.0 s
Factory setting:
2.0 s or as per order specifications

Table 10: (GROUP SELECTION ) OPERATING MENU SETTINGS BASIC SETUP "Level"
LEVEL SELECTION "Level Standard"

Parameter name Description

Prerequisite:
• MEASURING MODE = level
• LEVEL SELECTION = Level Standard

PRESS. ENG. UNIT (060) Select pressure unit.


Selection If a new pressure unit is selected, all pressure-specific parameters are converted
and displayed with the new unit.
Options:
• mbar, bar
• mmH2O, mH2O, inH2O, ftH2O 1)
• Pa, hPa, kPa, MPa
• psi
• mmHg, inHg 2)
• Torr
• g/cm2, kg/cm2
• lb/ft2
• atm
• gf/cm2, kgf/cm2
• User unit, See also the following parameter description for CUSTOMER UNIT
P and CUST. UNIT FACT. P.
1) The conversion factor of the pressure units refers to a reference temperature of
4 °C (39.2 °F).
2) The conversion factor of the pressure units refers to a reference temperature of
0 °C (32 °F).
Factory setting:
Depends on the sensor nominal measuring range mbar or bar or as per order
specifications

Endress+Hauser 77
Description of parameters Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Table 10: (GROUP SELECTION ) OPERATING MENU SETTINGS BASIC SETUP "Level"
LEVEL SELECTION "Level Standard"

Parameter name Description

CUSTOMER UNIT P (075) Enter text (unit) for customer-specific pressure unit.
Entry You can enter a maximum of eight alphanumeric characters here. See also
CUST. UNIT FACT. P.
Prerequisite:
• PRESS. ENG. UNIT = User unit

Only the first five characters are shown on the on-site display. For example, if
"crates" is specified as the customer-specific unit, "crate" is displayed.
If the unit contains a slash, up to eight characters can be shown on the on-site
display. The maximum number of characters in the counter is again limited to five.
For example, if "crates/m2" is specified as the customer-specific unit, "crate/m2" is
displayed. In the FieldCare, all eight characters are displayed.
In the HART handheld terminal, the customer-specific unit is only displayed in the
CUSTOMER UNIT P parameter. The measured value is displayed with the
additional text "User Unit".
Factory setting:
________

CUST. UNIT FACT. P (317) Enter conversion factor for a customer-specific pressure unit.
Entry The conversion factor must be entered in relation to the SI unit "Pa". See also
CUSTOMER UNIT P.
Prerequisite:
• PRESS. ENG. UNIT = User unit
Example:
– You want the measured value to be displayed in "PU" (PU: packing unit).
– MEASURED VALUE =10000 Pa  1 PU
– Entry CUSTOMER UNIT P: PU
– Entry CUST. UNIT FACT. P: 0.0001
– Result: MEASURED VALUE = 1 PU
Factory setting:
1.0

LEVEL MODE (718) Select level type.


Selection
Options:
• Linear: the measured variable (level, volume, mass or %) is in direct proportion
to the measured pressure.  See also Page 79 ff, Table 9.
• Pressure Linearized: the measured variable (volume, mass or %) is not in direct
proportion to the measured pressure such as in the case of containers with a
conical outlet. For the calibration, enter a linearisation table with at least 2 and
not more than 32 points.  See also Page 87 ff, Table 10.
• Height Linearized: select this level type if you require two measured variables or
if the container shape is given with value pairs, e.g. height and volume.
The following combinations are possible:
– Height + Volume
– Height + Mass
– Height + %
– %-Height + Volume
– %-Height + Mass
– %-Height + %
Perform two calibrations for this level type. First for the measured variable
height or %-height like for the "Linear" option and then for the measured
variable volume, mass or % like for the "Pressure Linearized" option.  See also
Page 89 ff, Table 11.
Factory setting:
Linear

For LEVEL MODE = Linear, see Page 79, Table 9.


For LEVEL MODE = Pressure Linearized, see Page 87, Table 10.
For LEVEL MODE = Height Linearized, see Page 89, Table 11.

78 Endress+Hauser
Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART Description of parameters

Table 11: (GROUP SELECTION ) OPERATING MENU SETTINGS BASIC SETUP "Level",
LEVEL MODE "Linear"

Parameter name Description

The following parameters are displayed if you selected the "Linear" option for the LEVEL MODE parameter. For
this level type, the measured variable (level, volume, mass or %) is in direct proportion to the measured pressure.
Prerequisite:
• MEASURING MODE = Level .
• LEVEL SELECTION = Level Standard
• LEVEL MODE = Linear

LIN. MEASURAND (804) Select measured variable.


Selection
Options:
• Level
• Volume
• Mass
• % (Level)
Factory setting:
% (Level)
HEIGHT UNIT (708) Select level unit.
Selection
Prerequisite:
• LIN. MEASURAND = Level
Options:
• mm
• cm
• dm
• m
• inch
• ft
• User unit, see also the following parameter description for CUSTOMER UNIT
H and CUST. UNIT FACT. H.
Factory setting:
m

CUSTOMER UNIT H (706) Enter text (unit) for customer-specific level unit.
Entry You can enter a maximum of eight alphanumeric characters here.
See also CUST. UNIT FACT. H.
Prerequisite:
• LIN. MEASURAND = Level, HEIGHT UNIT = User unit

Only the first five characters are shown on the on-site display. For example, if
"crates" is specified as the customer-specific unit, "crate" is displayed.
If the unit contains a slash, up to eight characters can be shown on the on-site
display. The maximum number of characters in the counter is again limited to five.
For example, if "crates/m2" is specified as the customer-specific unit, "crate/m2" is
displayed. In the FieldCare, all eight characters are displayed.
In the HART handheld terminal, the customer-specific unit is only displayed in the
CUSTOMER UNIT H parameter. The measured value is displayed with the
additional text "User Unit".
Factory setting:
________

Endress+Hauser 79
Description of parameters Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Table 11: (GROUP SELECTION ) OPERATING MENU SETTINGS BASIC SETUP "Level",
LEVEL MODE "Linear"

Parameter name Description

CUST. UNIT FACT. H (705) Enter conversion factor for a customer-specific level unit.
Entry The conversion factor must be entered in relation to the SI unit "m".
See also CUSTOMER UNIT H.
Prerequisite:
• LIN. MEASURAND = Level, HEIGHT UNIT = User unit
Example:
– You want the measured value to be displayed in "PU" (PU: packing unit).
– MEASURED VALUE = 0.5 m (1.6 ft)  1 PU
– Entry CUSTOMER UNIT H: PU
– Entry CUST. UNIT FACT. H: 2
– Result: MEASURED VALUE = 1 PU
Factory setting:
1.0

UNIT VOLUME (313) Select volume unit.


Selection Prerequisite:
• LIN. MEASURAND = Volume
Options:
• l
• hl
• cm3
• dm3
• m3
• m3 E3
• ft
• ft3 E3
• gal
• Igal
• bbl
• User unit, see also the following parameter description for CUSTOMER UNIT
V and CUST. UNIT FACT. V.
Factory setting:
m3

CUSTOMER UNIT V (608) Enter text (unit) for customer-specific volume unit.
Entry You can enter a maximum of eight alphanumeric characters here.
See also CUST. UNIT FACT. V
Prerequisite:
• LIN. MEASURAND = Volume, UNIT VOLUME = User unit

Only the first five characters are shown on the on-site display. For example, if
"crates" is specified as the customer-specific unit, "crate" is displayed.
If the unit contains a slash, up to eight characters can be shown on the on-site
display. The maximum number of characters in the counter is again limited to five.
For example, if "crates/m2" is specified as the customer-specific unit, "crate/m2" is
displayed. In the FieldCare, all eight characters are displayed.
In the HART handheld terminal, the customer-specific unit is only displayed in the
CUSTOMER UNIT H parameter. The measured value is displayed with the
additional text "User Unit".
Factory setting:
________

80 Endress+Hauser
Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART Description of parameters

Table 11: (GROUP SELECTION ) OPERATING MENU SETTINGS BASIC SETUP "Level",
LEVEL MODE "Linear"

Parameter name Description

CUST. UNIT FACT. V (607) Enter conversion factor for a customer-specific volume unit.
Entry The conversion factor must be entered in relation to the SI unit "m3".
See also CUSTOMER UNIT V.
Prerequisite:
• LIN. MEASURAND = Volume, UNIT VOLUME = User unit
Example:
– You want the measured value to be displayed in "buckets".
– MEASURED VALUE = 0.01 m3  1 bucket
– Entry CUSTOMER UNIT V: bucket
– Entry CUST. UNIT FACT. V: 100
– Result: MEASURED VALUE = 1 bucket
Factory setting:
1.0

MASS UNIT (709) Select mass unit.


Selection Prerequisite:
• LIN. MEASURAND = Mass
Options:
• g
• kg
• t
• oz
• lb
• ton
• User unit, see also the following parameter description for CUSTOMER UNIT
M and CUST. UNIT FACT. M.
Factory setting:
kg

CUSTOMER UNIT M (704) Enter text (unit) for customer-specific mass unit.
Entry You can enter a maximum of eight alphanumeric characters here.
See also CUST. UNIT FACT. M.
Prerequisite:
• LIN. MEASURAND = Mass, MASS UNIT = User unit

Only the first five characters are shown on the on-site display. For example, if
"crates" is specified as the customer-specific unit, "crate" is displayed.
If the unit contains a slash, up to eight characters can be shown on the on-site
display. The maximum number of characters in the counter is again limited to five.
For example, if "crates/m2" is specified as the customer-specific unit, "crate/m2" is
displayed. In the FieldCare, all eight characters are displayed.
In the HART handheld terminal, the customer-specific unit is only displayed in the
CUSTOMER UNIT M parameter. The measured value is displayed with the
additional text "User Unit".
Factory setting:
________

Endress+Hauser 81
Description of parameters Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Table 11: (GROUP SELECTION ) OPERATING MENU SETTINGS BASIC SETUP "Level",
LEVEL MODE "Linear"

Parameter name Description

CUST. UNIT FACT. M (703) Enter conversion factor for a customer-specific mass unit.
Entry The conversion factor must be entered in relation to the SI unit "kg".
See also CUSTOMER UNIT M.
Prerequisite:
• LIN. MEASURAND = Mass, MASS UNIT = User unit
Example:
– You want the measured value to be displayed in "buckets".
– MEASURED VALUE = 10 kg  1 bucket
– Entry CUSTOMER UNIT M: bucket
– Entry CUST. UNIT FACT. M: 0.1
– Result: MEASURED VALUE = 1 bucket
Factory setting:
1.0

CALIBRATION MODE Select calibration mode.


(392) Options:
Selection
• Wet
Wet calibration takes place by filling and emptying the container. This
calibration mode requires two pressure-level value pairs to be entered. In the
case of two different levels, the level value is entered and the pressure measured
at this moment is assigned to the level value. See also the following
parameter description for EMPTY CALIB., EMPTY PRESSURE, FULL CALIB. and
FULL PRESSURE.
• Dry
Dry calibration is a theoretical calibration which you can carry out even if the
device is not mounted or the container is empty.
– For the "Level" measured variable, the density of the fluid (see Page 83,
ADJUST DENSITY) must be entered.
– For the "Volume" measured variable, the density of the fluid and the tank
volume and tank height must be entered (see Page 83, ADJUST DENSITY,
TANK VOLUME and TANK HEIGHT).
– For the "Mass" measured variable, the tank volume and the tank height must
be entered (see Page 84, TANK VOLUME and TANK HEIGHT). The density
must also be entered in the case of a zero point shift (level offset) (see Page
83, ADJUST DENSITY).
– For the "%" measured variable, the density of the fluid must be entered and a
level assigned to the 100 % point (see Page 83 and 86, ADJUST DENSITY
and 100% POINT).
If the measurement should not start at the mounting location of the device, a
level offset must be entered (see Page 86, ZERO POSITION).

LIN. MEASURAND: "% (Level)", "Mass" and "Volume":


If the change to dry calibration is made after a wet calibration, the density must be
entered correctly using the ADJUST DENSITY and DENSITY PROCESS parameter
before changing the calibration mode. See also Page 101.
Factory setting:
Wet

EMPTY CALIB. (314) Enter level value for the lower calibration point (container empty).
Entry The container is either empty or part full. By entering a value for this parameter,
you are assigning a level value to the pressure present at the device. See also
EMPTY PRESSURE.
Prerequisite:
• CALIBRATION MODE = Wet

For this parameter, the on-site display shows the level value to be entered and the
pressure present at the device. In order for the level value to be saved together with
the pressure present at the device, the entry field for the level value must first be
activated using the  or  key before confirming with the  key. This applies also
if the level value is to remain unchanged.
Factory setting:
0.0

82 Endress+Hauser
Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART Description of parameters

Table 11: (GROUP SELECTION ) OPERATING MENU SETTINGS BASIC SETUP "Level",
LEVEL MODE "Linear"

Parameter name Description

EMPTY PRESSURE (710) Displays the pressure value for the lower calibration point (container empty).
Display See also EMPTY CALIB.
Prerequisite:
• CALIBRATION MODE = Wet
Factory setting:
0.0

FULL CALIB. (315) Enter level value for the upper calibration point (container full).
Entry The container is either completely or almost full. By entering a value for this
parameter, you are assigning a level value to the pressure present at the device. 
See also FULL PRESSURE.
Prerequisite:
• CALIBRATION MODE = Wet

For this parameter, the on-site display shows the level value to be entered and the
pressure present at the device. In order for the level value to be saved together with
the pressure present at the device, the entry field for the level value must first be
activated using the  or  key before confirming with the  key. This applies also
if the level value is to remain unchanged.
Factory setting:
100.0

FULL PRESSURE (711) Displays the pressure value for the upper calibration point (container full).
Display See also FULL CALIB.
Prerequisite:
• CALIBRATION MODE = Wet
Factory setting:
High sensor limit ( see PRESS. SENS HILIM, Page 120)

ADJUSTED DENSITY (810) Displays the density calculated from the upper and lower level point.
Display
Prerequisite:
• CALIBRATION MODE = Wet, LIN. MEASURAND = Level
DENSITY UNIT (812) Select density unit.
Selection
Prerequisite:
• LIN. MEASURAND = Level, CALIBRATION MODE = Dry
• LIN. MEASURAND = % (Level), CALIBRATION MODE = Dry
• LIN. MEASURAND = Volume, CALIBRATION MODE = Dry
• LIN. MEASURAND = Mass, CALIBRATION MODE = Dry
Options:
• g/cm3
• kg/dm3
• kg/m3
• US lb/in3
• US lb/ft3
Factory setting:
kg/dm3

ADJUST DENSITY (316) Enter density of fluid.


Entry
Prerequisite:
• CALIBRATION MODE = Dry
Factory setting:
1.0 (kg/dm)

Endress+Hauser 83
Description of parameters Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Table 11: (GROUP SELECTION ) OPERATING MENU SETTINGS BASIC SETUP "Level",
LEVEL MODE "Linear"

Parameter name Description

UNIT VOLUME (313) Select volume unit.


Selection
Prerequisite:
• LIN. MEASURAND = Volume
Options:
• l
• hl
• cm3
• dm3
• m3
• m3 E3
• ft
• ft3 E3
• gal
• Igal
• bbl
• User unit, see also the following parameter description for CUSTOMER UNIT
V and CUST. UNIT FACT. V.
Factory setting:
m3

CUSTOMER UNIT V (608) Enter text (unit) for customer-specific volume unit.
Entry You can enter a maximum of eight alphanumeric characters here.
See also CUST. UNIT FACT. V
Prerequisite:
• LIN. MEASURAND = Volume, UNIT VOLUME = User unit

Only the first five characters are shown on the on-site display. For example, if
"crates" is specified as the customer-specific unit, "crate" is displayed.
If the unit contains a slash, up to eight characters can be shown on the on-site
display. The maximum number of characters in the counter is again limited to five.
For example, if "crates/m2" is specified as the customer-specific unit, "crate/m2" is
displayed. In the FieldCare, all eight characters are displayed.
In the HART handheld terminal, the customer-specific unit is only displayed in the
CUSTOMER UNIT H parameter. The measured value is displayed with the
additional text "User Unit".
Factory setting:
________
CUST. UNIT FACT. V (607) Enter conversion factor for a customer-specific volume unit.
Entry The conversion factor must be entered in relation to the SI unit "m3".
See also CUSTOMER UNIT V.
Prerequisite:
• LIN. MEASURAND = Volume, UNIT VOLUME = User unit
Example:
– You want the measured value to be displayed in "buckets".
– MEASURED VALUE = 0.01 m3  1 bucket
– Entry CUSTOMER UNIT V: bucket
– Entry CUST. UNIT FACT. V: 100
– Result: MEASURED VALUE = 1 bucket
Factory setting:
1.0

TANK VOLUME (858) Enter tank volume.


Entry Prerequisite:
• LIN. MEASURAND = Volume, CALIBRATION MODE = Dry
• LIN. MEASURAND = Mass, CALIBRATION MODE = Dry
Factory setting:
1.0 m3

84 Endress+Hauser
Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART Description of parameters

Table 11: (GROUP SELECTION ) OPERATING MENU SETTINGS BASIC SETUP "Level",
LEVEL MODE "Linear"

Parameter name Description

HEIGHT UNIT (708) Select level unit.


Selection
Prerequisite:
• LIN. MEASURAND = % (Level), CALIBRATION MODE = Dry
Options:
• mm
• dm
• cm
• m
• inch
• ft
• User unit, see also the following parameter description for CUSTOMER UNIT
H and CUST. UNIT FACT. H.
Factory setting:
m

CUSTOMER UNIT H (706) Enter text (unit) for customer-specific level unit.
Entry You can enter a maximum of eight alphanumeric characters here.
See also CUST. UNIT FACT. H.
Prerequisite:
• LIN. MEASURAND = % (Level), CALIBRATION MODE = Dry,
HEIGHT UNIT = User unit

Only the first five characters are shown on the on-site display. For example, if
"crates" is specified as the customer-specific unit, "crate" is displayed.
If the unit contains a slash, up to eight characters can be shown on the on-site
display. The maximum number of characters in the counter is again limited to five.
For example, if "crates/m2" is specified as the customer-specific unit, "crate/m2" is
displayed. In the FieldCare, all eight characters are displayed.
In the HART handheld terminal, the customer-specific unit is only displayed in the
CUSTOMER UNIT H parameter. The measured value is displayed with the
additional text "User Unit".
Factory setting:
________

CUST. UNIT FACT. H (705) Enter conversion factor for a customer-specific level unit.
Entry The conversion factor must be entered in relation to the SI unit "m".
See also CUSTOMER UNIT H.
Prerequisite:
• LIN. MEASURAND = % (Level), CALIBRATION MODE = Dry,
HEIGHT UNIT = User unit
Example:
– You want the measured value to be displayed in "PU" (PU: packing unit).
– MEASURED VALUE = 0.5 m (1.6 ft)  1 PU
– Entry CUSTOMER UNIT H: PU
– Entry CUST. UNIT FACT. H: 2
– Result: MEASURED VALUE = 1 PU
Factory setting:
1.0

TANK HEIGHT (859) Enter tank height.


Entry Prerequisite:
• LIN. MEASURAND = Volume, CALIBRATION MODE = Dry
• LIN. MEASURAND = Mass, CALIBRATION MODE = Dry
Factory setting:
1.0 m

Endress+Hauser 85
Description of parameters Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Table 11: (GROUP SELECTION ) OPERATING MENU SETTINGS BASIC SETUP "Level",
LEVEL MODE "Linear"

Parameter name Description

100% POINT (813) Enter level value for 100% point.


Entry
Prerequisite:
• LIN. MEASURAND = % (Level), CALIBRATION MODE = Dry
Example:
– The 100 %-point should correspond to 4 m (13 ft).
– Select the "m" unit via the HEIGHT UNIT parameter.
– Enter the value "4" for this parameter (100% POINT).
Factory setting:
1.0

ZERO POSITION (814) Enter value for level offset.


Entry If the measurement should not start at the mounting location of the device, e.g. for
containers with a sump, carry out zero point shift (level offset).
Prerequisite:
• CALIBRATION MODE = Dry
Factory setting:
0.0

P01-PMP75xxx-19-xx-xx-xx-001

Fig. 21: Zero point shift


1 Device is mounted above the level lower range value: a positive value has to be entered
for ZERO POSITION.
2 Device is mounted below the level lower range value: a negative value has to be entered
for ZERO POSITION.

SET LRV (719) Enter level value for the lower current value (4 mA).
Entry
Factory setting:
0.0

SET URV (720) Enter level value for the upper current value (20 mA).
Entry Factory setting:
100.0

DAMPING VALUE (247) Enter damping time (time constant ).


Entry The damping affects the speed at which all subsequent elements, such as the on-
site display, measured value and current output react to a change in the pressure.
Input range:
0.0...999.0 s
Factory setting:
2.0 s or as per order specifications

86 Endress+Hauser
Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART Description of parameters

Table 12: (GROUP SELECTION ) OPERATING MENU SETTINGS BASIC SETUP "Level",
LEVEL MODE "Pressure Linearized"

Parameter name Description

The following parameters are displayed if you selected the "Pressure Linearized" option for the LEVEL MODE
parameter. For this level type, the measured variable (volume, mass or %) is not in direct proportion to the
measured pressure. For the calibration, enter a linearisation table with at least 2 and not more than 32 points.
Prerequisite:
• MEASURING MODE = Level
• LEVEL SELECTION = Level Standard
• LEVEL MODE = Pressure Linearized

LINd. MEASURAND (805) Select measured variable.


Selection
Options:
• Pressure and Volume
• Pressure and Mass
• Pressure and %
Factory setting:
Pressure and %
UNIT VOLUME (313) Select volume unit.
Selection
Prerequisite:
• LINd. MEASURAND = Pressure and Volume
Options:
• l
• hl
• cm3
• dm3
• m3
• m3 E3
• ft
• ft3 E3
• gal
• Igal
• bbl
• User unit, see also the following parameter description for CUSTOMER UNIT
V and CUST. UNIT FACT. V.
Factory setting:
m3

CUSTOMER UNIT V (608) Enter text (unit) for customer-specific volume unit.
Entry You can enter a maximum of eight alphanumeric characters here. See also
CUST. UNIT FACT. V
Prerequisite:
• LINd. MEASURAND = Pressure and Volume,
UNIT VOLUME = User unit

Only the first five characters are shown on the on-site display. For example, if
"crates" is specified as the customer-specific unit, "crate" is displayed.
If the unit contains a slash, up to eight characters can be shown on the on-site
display. The maximum number of characters in the counter is again limited to five.
For example, if "crates/m2" is specified as the customer-specific unit, "crate/m2" is
displayed. In the FieldCare, all eight characters are displayed.
In the HART handheld terminal, the customer-specific unit is only displayed in the
CUSTOMER UNIT V parameter. The measured value is displayed with the
additional text "User Unit".
Factory setting:
________

Endress+Hauser 87
Description of parameters Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Table 12: (GROUP SELECTION ) OPERATING MENU SETTINGS BASIC SETUP "Level",
LEVEL MODE "Pressure Linearized"

Parameter name Description

CUST. UNIT FACT. V (607) Enter conversion factor for a customer-specific volume unit.
Entry The conversion factor must be entered in relation to the SI unit "m3". See also
CUSTOMER UNIT V.
Prerequisite:
• LINd. MEASURAND = Pressure and Volume,
UNIT VOLUME = User unit
Example:
– You want the measured value to be displayed in "buckets".
– MEASURED VALUE = 0.01 m3  1 bucket
– Entry CUSTOMER UNIT V: bucket
– Entry CUST. UNIT FACT. V: 100
– Result: MEASURED VALUE = 1 bucket
Factory setting:
1.0

MASS UNIT (709) Select mass unit.


Selection
Prerequisite:
• LINd. MEASURAND = Pressure and Mass
Options:
• g
• kg
• t
• oz
• lb
• ton
• User unit, see also the following parameter description for CUSTOMER UNIT
M and CUST. UNIT FACT. M.
Factory setting:
kg
CUSTOMER UNIT M (704) Enter text (unit) for customer-specific mass unit.
Entry You can enter a maximum of eight alphanumeric characters here. See also
CUST. UNIT FACT. M.
Prerequisite:
• LINd. MEASURAND = Pressure and Mass,
MASS UNIT = User unit

Only the first five characters are shown on the on-site display. For example, if
"crates" is specified as the customer-specific unit, "crate" is displayed.
If the unit contains a slash, up to eight characters can be shown on the on-site
display. The maximum number of characters in the counter is again limited to five.
For example, if "crates/m2" is specified as the customer-specific unit, "crate/m2" is
displayed. In the FieldCare, all eight characters are displayed.
In the HART handheld terminal, the customer-specific unit is only displayed in the
CUSTOMER UNIT M parameter. The measured value is displayed with the
additional text "User Unit".
Factory setting:
________

88 Endress+Hauser
Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART Description of parameters

Table 12: (GROUP SELECTION ) OPERATING MENU SETTINGS BASIC SETUP "Level",
LEVEL MODE "Pressure Linearized"

Parameter name Description

CUST. UNIT FACT. M (703) Enter conversion factor for a customer-specific mass unit.
Entry The conversion factor must be entered in relation to the SI unit "kg". See also
CUSTOMER UNIT M.
Prerequisite:
• LINd. MEASURAND = Pressure and Mass,
MASS UNIT = User unit
Example:
– You want the measured value to be displayed in "buckets".
– MEASURED VALUE = 10 kg  1 bucket
– Entry CUSTOMER UNIT M: bucket
– Entry CUST. UNIT FACT. M: 0.1
– Result: MEASURED VALUE = 1 bucket
Factory setting:
1.0

HYDR. PRESS MIN. (775) Enter the minimum hydrostatic pressure to be expected.
Entry The input limits for the calibration (editing limits) are derived from the value
entered. The closer the value entered corresponds to the minimum hydrostatic
pressure to be expected, the more accurate the measurement result.
Factory setting:
0.0

HYDR. PRESS MAX. (761) Enter the maximum hydrostatic pressure to be expected.
Entry The input limits for the calibration (editing limits) are derived from the value
entered. The closer the value entered corresponds to the maximum hydrostatic
pressure to be expected, the more accurate the measurement result.
Factory setting:
High sensor limit ( See PRESS. SENS HILIM, Page 120)

DAMPING VALUE (247) Enter damping time (time constant ).


Entry The damping affects the speed at which all subsequent elements, such as the on-
site display, measured value and current output react to a change in the pressure.
Input range:
0.0...999.0 s
Factory setting:
2.0 s or as per order specifications

Table 13: (GROUP SELECTION ) OPERATING MENU SETTINGS BASIC SETUP "Level",
LEVEL MODE "Height Linearized"

Parameter name Description

The following parameters are displayed if you selected the "Height Linearized" option for the LEVEL MODE
parameter.
Select this level type if you require two measured variables or if the container shape is given with value pairs, e.g.
height and volume.
The following combinations are possible:
• Height + Volume
• Height + Mass
• Height + %
• %-Height + Volume
• %-Height + Mass
• %-Height + %
The 1st measured variable (%-Height or Height) must be in direct proportion to the measured pressure. The 2nd
measured variable (Volume, Mass or %) must not be in direct proportion. A linearisation table must be entered
for the 2nd measured variable. The 2nd measured variable is assigned to the 1st measured variable by means of
this table.
Prerequisite:
• MEASURING MODE = Level
• LEVEL SELECTION = Level Standard
• LEVEL MODE = Height Linearized

Endress+Hauser 89
Description of parameters Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Table 13: (GROUP SELECTION ) OPERATING MENU SETTINGS BASIC SETUP "Level",
LEVEL MODE "Height Linearized"

Parameter name Description

COMB. MEASURAND Select measured variable.


(806)
Options:
Selection • Height and Volume
• Height and Mass
• Height and %
• %-Height and Volume
• %-Height and Mass
• %-Height and %
Factory setting:
%-Height and %

HEIGHT UNIT (708) Select level unit for the 1st measured variable.
Selection
Prerequisite:
• COMB. MEASURAND = Height and Volume, Height and Mass or Height and %
Options:
• mm
• dm
• cm
• m
• inch
• ft
• User unit, see also the following parameter description for CUSTOMER UNIT
H and CUST. UNIT FACT. H.
Factory setting:
m

CUSTOMER UNIT H (706) Enter text (unit) for customer-specific level unit.
Entry You can enter a maximum of eight alphanumeric characters here. See also
CUST. UNIT FACT. H.
Prerequisite:
• COMB. MEASURAND = Height and Volume, HEIGHT UNIT = User unit
• COMB. MEASURAND = Height and Mass, HEIGHT UNIT = User unit
• COMB. MEASURAND = Height and %, HEIGHT UNIT = User unit

Only the first five characters are shown on the on-site display. For example, if
"crates" is specified as the customer-specific unit, "crate" is displayed.
If the unit contains a slash, up to eight characters can be shown on the on-site
display. The maximum number of characters in the counter is again limited to five.
For example, if "crates/m2" is specified as the customer-specific unit, "crate/m2" is
displayed. In the FieldCare, all eight characters are displayed.
In the HART handheld terminal, the customer-specific unit is only displayed in the
CUSTOMER UNIT H parameter. The measured value is displayed with the
additional text "User Unit".
Factory setting:
________

CUST. UNIT FACT. H (705) Enter conversion factor for a customer-specific level unit.
Entry The conversion factor must be entered in relation to the SI unit "m". See also
CUSTOMER UNIT H.
Prerequisite:
• COMB. MEASURAND = Height and Volume, HEIGHT UNIT = User unit
• COMB. MEASURAND = Height and Mass, HEIGHT UNIT = User unit
• COMB. MEASURAND = Height and %, HEIGHT UNIT = User unit
Example:
– You want the measured value to be displayed in "PU" (PU: packing unit).
– MEASURED VALUE = 0.5 m (1,6 ft)  1 PU
– Entry CUSTOMER UNIT H: PU
– Entry CUST. UNIT FACT. H: 2
– Result: MEASURED VALUE = 1 PU
Factory setting:
1.0

90 Endress+Hauser
Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART Description of parameters

Table 13: (GROUP SELECTION ) OPERATING MENU SETTINGS BASIC SETUP "Level",
LEVEL MODE "Height Linearized"

Parameter name Description

UNIT VOLUME (313) Select the volume unit for the 2nd measured value.
Selection
Prerequisite:
• COMB. MEASURAND = Height and Volume or %-Height and Volume
Options:
• l
• hl
• cm3
• dm3
• m3
• m3 E3
• ft
• ft3 E3
• gal
• Igal
• bbl
• User unit, see also the following parameter description for CUSTOMER UNIT
V and CUST. UNIT FACT. V.
Factory setting:
m3

CUSTOMER UNIT V (608) Enter text (unit) for customer-specific volume unit.
Entry You can enter a maximum of eight alphanumeric characters here. See also
CUST. UNIT FACT. V
Prerequisite:
• COMB. MEASURAND = Height and Volume, HEIGHT UNIT = User unit
• COMB. MEASURAND = %-Height and Volume,
HEIGHT UNIT = User unit

Only the first five characters are shown on the on-site display. For example, if
"crates" is specified as the customer-specific unit, "crate" is displayed.
If the unit contains a slash, up to eight characters can be shown on the on-site
display. The maximum number of characters in the counter is again limited to five.
For example, if "crates/m2" is specified as the customer-specific unit, "crate/m2" is
displayed. In the FieldCare, all eight characters are displayed.
In the HART handheld terminal, the customer-specific unit is only displayed in the
CUSTOMER UNIT V parameter. The measured value is displayed with the
additional text "User Unit".
Factory setting:
________

CUST. UNIT FACT. V (607) Enter conversion factor for a customer-specific volume unit.
Entry The conversion factor must be entered in relation to the SI unit "m3". See also
CUSTOMER UNIT V.
Prerequisite:
• COMB. MEASURAND = Height and Volume, HEIGHT UNIT = User unit
• COMB. MEASURAND = %-Height and Volume,
HEIGHT UNIT = User unit
Example:
– You want the measured value to be displayed in "buckets".
– MEASURED VALUE = 0.01 m3  1 bucket
– Entry CUSTOMER UNIT V: bucket
– Entry CUST. UNIT FACT. V: 100
– Result: MEASURED VALUE = 1 bucket
Factory setting:
1.0

Endress+Hauser 91
Description of parameters Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Table 13: (GROUP SELECTION ) OPERATING MENU SETTINGS BASIC SETUP "Level",
LEVEL MODE "Height Linearized"

Parameter name Description

MASS UNIT (709) Select the mass unit for the 2nd measured value.
Selection
Prerequisite:
• COMB. MEASURAND = Height and Mass or %-Height and Mass
Options:
• g
• kg
• t
• oz
• lb
• ton
• User unit, see also the following parameter description for CUSTOMER UNIT
M and CUST. UNIT FACT. M.
Factory setting:
kg

CUSTOMER UNIT M (704) Enter text (unit) for customer-specific mass unit.
Entry You can enter a maximum of eight alphanumeric characters here. See also
CUST. UNIT FACT. M.
Prerequisite:
• COMB. MEASURAND = Height and Mass, MASS UNIT = User unit
• COMB. MEASURAND = %-Height and Mass, MASS UNIT = User unit

Only the first five characters are shown on the on-site display. For example, if
"crates" is specified as the customer-specific unit, "crate" is displayed.
If the unit contains a slash, up to eight characters can be shown on the on-site
display. The maximum number of characters in the counter is again limited to five.
For example, if "crates/m2" is specified as the customer-specific unit, "crate/m2" is
displayed. In the FieldCare, all eight characters are displayed.
In the HART handheld terminal, the customer-specific unit is only displayed in the
CUSTOMER UNIT M parameter. The measured value is displayed with the
additional text "User Unit".
Factory setting:
________

CUST. UNIT FACT. M (703) Enter conversion factor for a customer-specific mass unit.
Entry The conversion factor must be entered in relation to the SI unit "kg". See also
CUSTOMER UNIT M.
Prerequisite:
• COMB. MEASURAND = Height and Mass, MASS UNIT = User unit
• COMB. MEASURAND = %-Height and Mass, MASS UNIT = User unit
Example:
– You want the measured value to be displayed in "buckets".
– MEASURED VALUE = 10 kg  1 bucket
– Entry CUSTOMER UNIT M: bucket
– Entry CUST. UNIT FACT. M: 0.1
– Result: MEASURED VALUE = 1 bucket
Factory setting:
1.0

92 Endress+Hauser
Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART Description of parameters

Table 13: (GROUP SELECTION ) OPERATING MENU SETTINGS BASIC SETUP "Level",
LEVEL MODE "Height Linearized"

Parameter name Description

LEVEL MIN (755) Enter the minimum level to be expected.


Entry The input limits for the calibration (editing limits) are derived from the value
entered. The closer the value entered corresponds to the minimum level to be
expected, the more accurate the measurement result.

• The following applies for the setting LEVEL MODE "Height Linearized" and
ASSIGN CURRENT "Linear":
If you enter a new value for LEVEL MIN, the value for SET LRV is also changed.
Use SET LRV to assign a height to the lower current value. If you want to assign
the lower current value a value other than that for LEVEL MIN, you must enter
the desired value for SET LRV. (SET LRV, Page 102 and ASSIGN CURRENT,
Page 114)
Factory setting:
0.0

LEVEL MAX (712) Enter the maximum level to be expected.


Entry The input limits for the calibration (editing limits) are derived from the value
entered. The closer the value entered corresponds to the maximum level to be
expected, the more accurate the measurement result.

• The following applies for the setting LEVEL MODE "Height Linearized" and
ASSIGN CURRENT "Linear":
If you enter a new value for LEVEL MAX, the value for SET URV is also changed.
Use SET URV to assign a height to the upper current value. If you want to assign
the upper current value a value other than that for LEVEL MAX, you must enter
the desired value for SET URV. (SET URV, Page 102 and ASSIGN CURRENT,
Page 114)
Factory setting:
100.0

CALIBRATION MODE Select the calibration mode for the calibration of the 1st measured variable.
(392)
Options:
Selection
• Wet
Wet calibration takes place by filling the container. This calibration mode
requires two pressure-level value pairs to be entered. In the case of two different
levels, the level value is entered and the pressure measured at this moment is
assigned to the level value.
See also the following parameter description for EMPTY CALIB., EMPTY
PRESSURE, FULL CALIB. and FULL PRESSURE.
• Dry
Dry calibration is a theoretical calibration which you can carry out even if the
device is not mounted or the container is empty.
– For the "Level" measured variable, the density of the fluid (see Page 94,
ADJUST DENSITY) must be entered.
– For the "%" measured variable, the density of the fluid must be entered and a
level assigned to the 100 % point (see Page 94, ADJUST DENSITY and
100% POINT).
If the measurement should not start at the mounting location of the device, a
level offset must be entered (see Page 96, ZERO POSITION).

If the change to dry calibration is made after a wet calibration, the density must be
entered correctly using the ADJUST DENSITY and DENSITY PROCESS parameter
before changing the calibration mode. See also Page 101.
Factory setting:
Wet
EMPTY CALIB. (314) Enter level value for the lower calibration point (container empty).
Entry The container is either empty or part full. By entering a value for this parameter,
you are assigning a level value to the pressure present at the device. See also
EMPTY PRESSURE.
Prerequisite:
• CALIBRATION MODE = Wet
Factory setting:
0.0

Endress+Hauser 93
Description of parameters Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Table 13: (GROUP SELECTION ) OPERATING MENU SETTINGS BASIC SETUP "Level",
LEVEL MODE "Height Linearized"

Parameter name Description

EMPTY PRESSURE (710) Displays the pressure value for the lower calibration point (container empty).
Display See also EMPTY CALIB.
Prerequisite:
• CALIBRATION MODE = Wet

FULL CALIB. (315) Enter level value for the upper calibration point (container full).
Entry The container is either completely or almost full. By entering a value for this
parameter, you are assigning a level value to the pressure present at the device. 
See also FULL PRESSURE.
Prerequisite:
• CALIBRATION MODE = Wet
Factory setting:
100.0
FULL PRESSURE (711) Displays the pressure value for the upper calibration point (container full).
Display See also FULL CALIB.
Prerequisite:
• CALIBRATION MODE = Wet
Factory setting:
High sensor limit ( see PRESS. SENS HILIM, Page 120)

ADJUSTED DENSITY (810) Displays the density calculated from the upper and lower level point.
Display Prerequisite:
• COMB. MEASURAND = Height and Volume, CALIBRATION MODE = Wet
• COMB. MEASURAND = Height and Mass, CALIBRATION MODE = Wet
• COMB. MEASURAND = Height and %, CALIBRATION MODE = Wet

DENSITY UNIT (812) Select density unit.


Selection Prerequisite:
• COMB. MEASURAND = %-Height and %, CALIBRATION MODE = Dry
• COMB. MEASURAND = %-Height and Volume, CALIBRATION MODE = Dry
• COMB. MEASURAND = %-Height and Mass, CALIBRATION MODE = Dry
• COMB. MEASURAND = Height and %, CALIBRATION MODE = Dry
• COMB. MEASURAND = Height and Volume, CALIBRATION MODE = Dry
• COMB. MEASURAND = Height and Mass, CALIBRATION MODE = Dry
Options:
• g/cm3
• kg/dm3
• kg/m3
• US lb/in3
• US lb/ft3
Factory setting:
kg/dm3

ADJUST DENSITY (316) Enter density of fluid.


Entry
Prerequisite:
• CALIBRATION MODE = Dry
Factory setting:
1.0 (kg/dm)

94 Endress+Hauser
Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART Description of parameters

Table 13: (GROUP SELECTION ) OPERATING MENU SETTINGS BASIC SETUP "Level",
LEVEL MODE "Height Linearized"

Parameter name Description

HEIGHT UNIT (708) Select level unit.


Selection
Prerequisite:
• COMB. MEASURAND = %-Height and Volume, CALIBRATION MODE = Dry
• COMB. MEASURAND = %-Height and Mass, CALIBRATION MODE = Dry
• COMB. MEASURAND = %-Height + %, CALIBRATION MODE = Dry
Options:
• mm
• dm
• cm
• m
• inch
• ft
• User unit, see also the following parameter description for CUSTOMER UNIT
H and CUST. UNIT FACT. H.
Factory setting:
m

CUSTOMER UNIT H (706) Enter text (unit) for customer-specific level unit.
Entry You can enter a maximum of eight alphanumeric characters here.
See also CUST. UNIT FACT. H.
Prerequisite:
• COMB. MEASURAND = %-Height and Volume, CALIBRATION MODE = Dry,
HEIGHT UNIT = User unit
• COMB. MEASURAND = %-Height and Mass, CALIBRATION MODE = Dry,
HEIGHT UNIT = User unit
• COMB. MEASURAND = %-Height and %, CALIBRATION MODE = Dry,
HEIGHT UNIT = User unit

Only the first five characters are shown on the on-site display. For example, if
"crates" is specified as the customer-specific unit, "crate" is displayed.
If the unit contains a slash, up to eight characters can be shown on the on-site
display. The maximum number of characters in the counter is again limited to five.
For example, if "crates/m2" is specified as the customer-specific unit, "crate/m2" is
displayed. In the FieldCare, all eight characters are displayed.
In the HART handheld terminal, the customer-specific unit is only displayed in the
CUSTOMER UNIT H parameter. The measured value is displayed with the
additional text "User Unit".
Factory setting:
________

CUST. UNIT FACT. H (705) Enter conversion factor for a customer-specific level unit.
Entry The conversion factor must be entered in relation to the SI unit "m". See also
CUSTOMER UNIT H.
Prerequisite:
• COMB. MEASURAND = %-Height and Volume, CALIBRATION MODE = Dry,
HEIGHT UNIT = User unit
• COMB. MEASURAND = %-Height and Mass, CALIBRATION MODE = Dry,
HEIGHT UNIT = User unit
• COMB. MEASURAND = %-Height and %, CALIBRATION MODE = Dry,
HEIGHT UNIT = User unit
Example:
– You want the measured value to be displayed in "PU" (PU: packing unit).
– MEASURED VALUE = 0.5 m (1.6 ft)  1 PU
– Entry CUSTOMER UNIT H: PU
– Entry CUST. UNIT FACT. H: 2
– Result: MEASURED VALUE = 1 PU
Factory setting:
1.0

Endress+Hauser 95
Description of parameters Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Table 13: (GROUP SELECTION ) OPERATING MENU SETTINGS BASIC SETUP "Level",
LEVEL MODE "Height Linearized"

Parameter name Description

100% POINT (813) Enter level value for 100% point.


Entry
Prerequisite:
• COMB. MEASURAND = %-Height and Volume, CALIBRATION MODE = Dry
• COMB. MEASURAND = %-Height and Mass, CALIBRATION MODE = Dry
• COMB. MEASURAND = %-Height + %, CALIBRATION MODE = Dry
Example:
– The 100 %-point should correspond to 4 m (13 ft).
– Select the "m" unit via the HEIGHT UNIT parameter.
– Enter the value "4" for this parameter (100% POINT).
Factory setting:
1.0

ZERO POSITION (814) Enter value for level offset.


Entry If the measurement should not start at the mounting location of the device, e.g. for
containers with a sump, carry out zero point shift (level offset).
Prerequisite:
• CALIBRATION MODE = Dry

P01-PMP75xxx-19-xx-xx-xx-001

Fig. 22: Zero point shift


1 Device is mounted above the level lower range value: a positive value has to be entered
for ZERO POSITION.
2 Device is mounted below the level lower range value: a negative value has to be entered
for ZERO POSITION.

Factory setting:
0.0

DAMPING VALUE (247) Enter damping time (time constant ).


Entry The damping affects the speed at which all subsequent elements, such as the on-
site display, measured value and current output react to a change in the pressure.
Input range:
0.0...999.0 s
Factory setting:
2.0 s or as per order specifications

Table 14: (GROUP SELECTION )OPERATING MENU SETTINGS BASIC SETUP "Flow"
Parameter name Description

Prerequisite:
• MEASURING MODE = Flow

96 Endress+Hauser
Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART Description of parameters

Table 14: (GROUP SELECTION )OPERATING MENU SETTINGS BASIC SETUP "Flow"

Parameter name Description

PRESS. ENG. UNIT (060) Select pressure unit.


Selection If a new pressure unit is selected, all pressure-specific parameters are converted
and displayed with the new unit.
Options:
• mbar, bar
• mmH2O, mH2O, inH2O, ftH2O 1)
• Pa, hPa, kPa, MPa
• psi
• mmHg, inHg 2)
• Torr
• g/cm2, kg/cm2
• lb/ft2
• atm
• gf/cm2, kgf/cm2
• User unit, See also the following parameter description for CUSTOMER UNIT
P and CUST. UNIT FACT. P.
1) The conversion factor of the pressure units refers to a reference temperature of
4 °C (39.2 °F).
2) The conversion factor of the pressure units refers to a reference temperature of
0 °C (32 °F).
Factory setting:
Depends on the sensor nominal measuring range mbar or bar or as per order
specifications

CUSTOMER UNIT P (075) Enter text (unit) for customer-specific pressure unit.
Entry You can enter a maximum of eight alphanumeric characters here. See also
CUST. UNIT FACT. P.
Prerequisite:
• PRESS. ENG. UNIT = User unit

Only the first five characters are shown on the on-site display. For example, if
"crates" is specified as the customer-specific unit, "crate" is displayed.
If the unit contains a slash, up to eight characters can be shown on the on-site
display. The maximum number of characters in the counter is again limited to five.
For example, if "crates/m2" is specified as the customer-specific unit, "crate/m2" is
displayed. In the FieldCare, all eight characters are displayed.
In the HART handheld terminal, the customer-specific unit is only displayed in the
CUSTOMER UNIT P parameter. The measured value is displayed with the
additional text "User Unit".
Factory setting:
________
CUST. UNIT FACT. P (317) Enter conversion factor for a customer-specific pressure unit.
Entry The conversion factor must be entered in relation to the SI unit "Pa". See also
CUSTOMER UNIT P.
Prerequisite:
• PRESS. ENG. UNIT = User unit
Example:
– You want the measured value to be displayed in "PU" (PU: packing unit).
– MEASURED VALUE =10000 Pa  1 PU
– Entry CUSTOMER UNIT P: PU
– Entry CUST. UNIT FACT. P: 0.0001
– Result: MEASURED VALUE = 1 PU
Factory setting:
1.0

Endress+Hauser 97
Description of parameters Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Table 14: (GROUP SELECTION )OPERATING MENU SETTINGS BASIC SETUP "Flow"

Parameter name Description

FLOW-MEAS. TYPE (640) Select the flow type.


Selection
Options:
• Volume p. cond. (volume under operating conditions)
• Vol. norm. cond. (norm volume under norm conditions in Europe: 1013.25 mbar
and 273.15 K (0°C))
• Vol. std. cond. (standard volume under standard conditions in USA: 1013.25
mbar (14.7 psi) and 288.15 K (15°C/59°F))
• Mass (mass under operating conditions)
Factory setting:
Volume p. cond.

UNIT FLOW (391) Select volume flow unit.


Selection When a new flow unit is selected, all flow-specific parameters are converted and
displayed with the new unit within a flow mode (FLOW-MEAS. TYPE). When the
flow mode is changed, conversion is not possible.
Prerequisite:
• FLOW-MEAS. TYPE = Volume p. cond.
Options:
• m3/s, m3/min, m3/h, m3/day
• l/s, l/min, l/h
• hl/s, hl/min, hl/day
• ft3/s, ft3/min, ft3/h, ft3/day
• ACFS, ACFM, ACFH, ACFD
• ozf/s, ozf/min
• US Gal/s, US Gal/min, US Gal/h, US Gal/day
• Imp. Gal/s, Imp. Gal/min, Imp. Gal/h
• bbl/s, bbl/min, bbl/h, bbl/day
• User unit, see also this table, parameter description for CUSTOMER UNIT F
and CUST. UNIT FACT. F
Factory setting:
m3/s

NORM FLOW UNIT (661) Select norm volume flow unit.


Selection When a new flow unit is selected, all flow-specific parameters are converted and
displayed with the new unit within a flow mode (FLOW-MEAS. TYPE). When the
flow mode is changed, conversion is not possible.
Prerequisite:
• FLOW-MEAS. TYPE = Vol. norm conditions
Options:
• Nm3/s, Nm3/min, Nm3/h, Nm3/day
• User unit, see also this table, parameter description for CUSTOMER UNIT F
and CUST. UNIT FACT. F
Factory setting:
Nm3/s

STD. FLOW UNIT (660) Select standard volume flow unit.


Selection When a new flow unit is selected, all flow-specific parameters are converted and
displayed with the new unit within a flow mode (FLOW-MEAS. TYPE). When the
flow mode is changed, conversion is not possible.
Prerequisite:
• FLOW-MEAS. TYPE = Vol. std. conditions
Options:
• Sm3/s, Sm3/min, Sm3/h, Sm3/day
• SCFS, SCFM, SCFH, SCFD
• User unit, see also this table, parameter description for CUSTOMER UNIT F
and CUST. UNIT FACT. F
Factory setting:
Sm3/s

98 Endress+Hauser
Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART Description of parameters

Table 14: (GROUP SELECTION )OPERATING MENU SETTINGS BASIC SETUP "Flow"

Parameter name Description

MASS FLOW UNIT (571) Select mass flow unit.


Selection When a new flow unit is selected, all flow-specific parameters are converted and
displayed with the new unit within a flow mode (FLOW-MEAS. TYPE). When the
flow mode is changed, conversion is not possible.
Prerequisite:
• FLOW-MEAS. TYPE = Mass
Options:
• g/s, kg/s, kg/min, kg/min, kg/h
• t/s, t/min, t/h, t/day
• oz/s, oz/min
• lb/s, lb/min, lb/h
• ton/s, ton/min, ton/h, ton/day
• User unit, see also the following parameter description for CUSTOMER UNIT
F and CUST. UNIT FACT. F
Factory setting:
kg/s

CUSTOMER UNIT F (610) Enter text (unit) for customer-specific flow unit.
Entry You can enter a maximum of eight alphanumeric characters here. See also
CUST. UNIT FACT. F.
Prerequisite:
• UNIT FLOW = User unit
• NORM FLOW UNIT = User unit
• STD. FLOW UNIT = User unit
• MASS FLOW UNIT = User unit
Only the first five characters are shown on the on-site display. For example, if
"crates" is specified as the customer-specific unit, "crate" is displayed.
If the unit contains a slash, up to eight characters can be shown on the on-site
display. The maximum number of characters in the counter is again limited to five.
For example, if "crates/m2" is specified as the customer-specific unit, "crate/m2" is
displayed. In the FieldCare, all eight characters are displayed.
In the HART handheld terminal, the customer-specific unit is only displayed in the
CUSTOMER UNIT F parameter. The measured value is displayed with the
additional text "User Unit".
Factory setting:
________
CUST. UNIT FACT. F (609) Enter conversion factor for a customer-specific flow unit. The conversion factor
Entry must be entered in relation to an appropriate SI unit, e.g. m3/s for the "Volume p.
cond." flow mode.  See also CUSTOMER UNIT F.
Prerequisite:
• UNIT FLOW = User unit
• NORM FLOW UNIT = User unit
• STD. FLOW UNIT = User unit
• MASS FLOW UNIT = User unit
Example:
– You want the measured value to be displayed in "bucket/h".
– MEASURED VALUE =0.01 m3/s  3600 bucket/h
– Entry CUSTOMER UNIT F: bucket/h
– Entry CUST. UNIT FACT. F: 360000
– Result: MEASURED VALUE = 3600 bucket/h
Factory setting:
1.0

Endress+Hauser 99
Description of parameters Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Table 14: (GROUP SELECTION )OPERATING MENU SETTINGS BASIC SETUP "Flow"

Parameter name Description

MAX. FLOW (311) Enter maximum flow of primary element.


Entry See also layout sheet of primary element. The maximum flow is assigned to the
maximum pressure which you enter via MAX PRESS. FLOW.

Use the LINEAR/SQROOT parameter (Page 114) to specify the current signal for
the "Flow" measuring mode. The following applies for the "Flow (square root)"
setting:
If you enter a new value for MAX. FLOW, the value for SET URV is also changed.
Use SET URV to assign a flow to the upper current value. If you want to assign the
upper current value a value other than that for MAX. FLOW, you must enter the
desired value for SET URV. ( SET URV, Page 104).
Factory setting:
1.0

MAX PRESS. FLOW (634) Enter maximum pressure of primary element.


Entry See layout sheet of primary element. This value is assigned to the maximum
flow value (see MAX. FLOW).

Use the LINEAR/SQROOT parameter (Page 114) to specify the current signal for
the "Flow" measuring mode. The following applies for the "Differential pres." setting:
If you enter a new value for MAX PRESS. FLOW, the value for SET URV is also
changed. Use SET URV to assign a pressure value to the upper current value. If you
want to assign the upper current value a value other than that for MAX PRESS.
FLOW, you must enter the desired value for SET URV. ( SET URV, Page 104).
Factory setting:
High sensor limit ( see PRESS. SENS HILIM, Page 120)

DAMPING VALUE (247) Enter damping time (time constant ).


Entry The damping affects the speed at which all subsequent elements, such as the on-
site display, measured value and current output react to a change in the pressure.
Input range:
0.0...999.0 s
Factory setting:
2.0 s or as per order specifications

Table 15: (GROUP SELECTION ) OPERATING MENU SETTINGS EXTENDED SETUP "Pressure"

Parameter name Description

Prerequisite:
• MEASURING MODE = Pressure

TEMP. ENG. UNIT (318) Select the unit for the temperature measured values.
Selection See also PCB TEMPERATURE (Page 117) and SENSOR TEMP. (Page 121).
Options:
• °C
• °F
• K
• R
Factory setting:
°C

Table 16: (GROUP SELECTION )OPERATING MENU SETTINGS EXTENDED SETUP "Level"

Parameter name Description


Prerequisite:
• MEASURING MODE = Level

100 Endress+Hauser
Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART Description of parameters

Table 16: (GROUP SELECTION )OPERATING MENU SETTINGS EXTENDED SETUP "Level"

Parameter name Description

TEMP. ENG. UNIT (318) Select the unit for the temperature measured values.
Selection See also PCB TEMPERATURE (Page 117) and SENSOR TEMP. (Page 122).
Options:
• °C
• °F
• K
• R
Factory setting:
°C

DENSITY UNIT (001)/ Select density unit.


(812) Options:
Options
• g/cm3
• kg/dm3
• kg/m3
• US lb/in3
• US lb/ft3
Factory setting:
kg/dm3

ADJUST DENSITY Enter density of fluid.


(007)/(316) ! CAUTION
Entry
Note Dependencies when setting parameters!
‣ LIN. MEASURAND: "% (Level)", "Mass" and "Volume" and MEASUAND KOMB.:
If a change to dry calibration is made after a wet calibration using the
CALIBRATION MODE parameter ( Page 82 or 93), the density for this
parameter must be entered correctly before changing the calibration mode.
‣ In the event that the pressure falls with increasing levels (LIN. MEASURED:
Volume), such as in the case of a residual volume measurement, a negative
value shall be entered for this parameter.
Factory setting:
1.0 (kg/dm)

PROCESS DENSITY Enter a new density value for density correction.


(025)/(811) The calibration was carried out with the medium water, for example. Now the
Entry container is to be used for another fluid with another density. The calibration is
corrected appropriately by entering the new density value in the PROCESS DENSITY
parameter.

LIN. MEASURAND: "% (Level)", "Mass" and "Volume" and MEASUAND KOMB.:
If a change to dry calibration is made after a wet calibration using the
CALIBRATION MODE parameter ( Page 82 or 93), the density for this parameter
must be entered correctly before changing the calibration mode. In the event that
the pressure falls with increasing levels (LIN. MEASURED: Volume), such as in the
case of a residual volume measurement, a negative value shall be entered for this
parameter.
Factory setting:
1.0

Endress+Hauser 101
Description of parameters Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Table 16: (GROUP SELECTION )OPERATING MENU SETTINGS EXTENDED SETUP "Level"

Parameter name Description

SET LRV (762) Enter value for the lower current value (4 mA).
Entry
Prerequisite:
• LEVEL MODE = Pressure Linearized or Height Linearized

• For the LEVEL MODE "Height Linearized", you can use the ASSIGN CURRENT
parameter ( Page 114) to specify whether the current output should depict the
1st or 2nd measured variable (height or tank content). Depending on the setting
of the ASSIGN CURRENT parameter, enter the following value for SET LRV:
– ASSIGN CURRENT = tank content (factory setting) %- value, volume value
or mass value
– ASSIGN CURRENT = height level value
The following applies for the LEVEL MODE "Pressure Linearized" or LEVEL MODE
"Height Linearized" + ASSIGN CURRENT "Tank content":
• If you enter a new value for TANK CONTENT MIN, the value for SET LRV is also
changed. If you want to assign the lower current value a value other than that
for TANK CONTENT MIN, you must enter the desired value for SET LRV. (
TANK CONTENT MIN, Page 104 or 107.)
The following applies for the LEVEL MODE "Height Linearized" + ASSIGN CURRENT
"Height":
• If you enter a new value for LEVEL MIN, the value for SET LRV is also changed. If
you want to assign the lower current value a value other than that for LEVEL
MIN, you must enter the desired value for SET LRV. ( LEVEL MIN, Page 93.)
Factory setting:
0.0
SET URV (763) Enter value for the upper current value (20 mA).
Entry
Prerequisite:
• LEVEL MODE = Pressure Linearized or Height Linearized

• For the LEVEL MODE "Height Linearized", you can use the ASSIGN CURRENT
parameter ( Page 114) to specify whether the current output should depict the
1st or 2nd measured variable (height or tank content). Depending on the setting
of the ASSIGN CURRENT parameter, enter the following value for SET URV:
– ASSIGN CURRENT = tank content (factory setting) %- value, volume value
or mass value
– ASSIGN CURRENT = height level value
The following applies for the LEVEL MODE "Pressure Linearized" or LEVEL MODE
"Height Linearized" + ASSIGN CURRENT "Tank content":
• If you enter a new value for TANK CONTENT MAX, the value for SET URV is also
changed. If you want to assign the upper current value a value other than that
for TANK CONTENT MAX, you must enter the desired value for SET URV.
( TANK CONTENT MAX, Page 104 or 107.)
The following applies for the LEVEL MODE "Height Linearized" + ASSIGN CURRENT
"Height":
• If you enter a new value for LEVEL MAX, the value for SET URV is also changed.
If you want to assign the lower current value a value other than that for LEVEL
MAX, you must enter the desired value for SET URV.
( LEVEL MAX, Page 93.)
Factory setting:
100.0

Table 17: (GROUP SELECTION ) OPERATING MENU SETTINGS EXTENDED SETUP "Flow"

Parameter name Description

Prerequisite:
• MEASURING MODE = Flow

102 Endress+Hauser
Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART Description of parameters

Table 17: (GROUP SELECTION ) OPERATING MENU SETTINGS EXTENDED SETUP "Flow"

Parameter name Description

TEMP. ENG. UNIT (318) Select the unit for the temperature measured value.
Selection See also PCB TEMPERATURE (Page 117) and SENSOR TEMP. (Page 123).
Options:
• °C
• °F
• K
• R
Factory setting:
°C

LOW FLOW CUT-OFF Switches "low flow cut-off" function on and off.
(442) In the lower measuring range, small flow quantities (creepages) can lead to large
Selection measured value fluctuations. Switching on this function stops these flow quantities
from being recorded. See also SET. L. FL. CUT-OFF.
Options:
• Off
• On
Factory setting:
Off

SET. L. FL. CUT-OFF (323) Enter switch-off point of low flow cut-off.
Entry The hysteresis between the switch-on point and the switch-off point is always 1 %
of the end flow value. See also LOW FLOW CUT-OFF.
Prerequisite:
• LOW FLOW CUT-OFF = on
Input range:
Switch-off point: 0...50 % of end flow value (MAX. FLOW).

➀ Q ➁ Q
Q max Q max
6%
5%

0% 0%
Δp Δp
P01-PMD7xxxx-05-xx-xx-xx-000

Factory setting:
5 % (of end flow value)

SET LRV (637) Depending on the setting in the LINEAR/SQROOT parameter (Page 114), enter
Entry a flow value or a pressure value for the lower current value (4 mA) here.
• LINEAR/SQROOT = Flow (square root) (factory setting) flow value
• LINEAR/SQROOT = Differential pres. pressure value
Factory setting:
0

Endress+Hauser 103
Description of parameters Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Table 17: (GROUP SELECTION ) OPERATING MENU SETTINGS EXTENDED SETUP "Flow"

Parameter name Description

SET URV (638) Depending on the setting in the LINEAR/SQROOT parameter (Page 114), enter
Entry a flow value or a pressure value for the upper current value (20 mA) here.
• LINEAR/SQROOT = Flow (square root) (factory setting) flow value
• LINEAR/SQROOT = Differential pres. pressure value
The following applies for the setting LINEAR/SQROOT "Flow (square root)":
• If you enter a new value for MAX. FLOW, the value for SET URV is also changed.
If you want to assign the upper current value a value other than that for MAX.
FLOW, you must enter the desired value for SET URV. ( MAX. FLOW, Page
100).
The following applies for the setting LINEAR/SQROOT "Differential pres.":
• If you enter a new value for MAX PRESS. FLOW, the SET URV value is also
changed. If you want to assign the upper current value a value other than that
for MAX PRESS. FLOW, you must enter the desired value for SET URV. (MAX
PRESS. FLOW, Page 100).
Factory setting:
MAX. FLOW

Table 18: (GROUP SELECTION ) OPERATING MENU SETTINGS LINEARISATION


– on-site operation

Parameter name Description


Prerequisite:
• MEASURING MODE = Level
• LEVEL MODE = Pressure Linearized or Height Linearized

TANK CONTENT MIN Enter the minimum tank contents to be expected.


(759) The input limits for the calibration (editing limits) are derived from the value
Entry entered. The closer the value entered corresponds to the minimum tank content to
be expected, the more accurate the measurement result.

• If you enter a new value for TANK CONTENT MIN, the value for SET LRV is also
changed. Use SET LRV to assign a %-value, volume value or mass value to the
lower current value. If you want to assign the lower current value a value other
than that for TANK CONTENT MIN, you must enter the desired value for SET
LRV. ( SET LRV, Page 102).
• For the setting LEVEL MODE "Height Linearized" and ASSIGN CURRENT "Linear",
the TANK CONTENT MIN parameter does not affect the SET LRV parameter. (
SET LRV, Page 102 and ASSIGN CURRENT, Page 114)
Factory setting:
0.0

TANK CONTENT MAX Enter the maximum tank contents to be expected.


(713) The input limits for the subsequent calibration (editing limits) are derived from the
Entry value entered. The closer the value entered corresponds to the maximum tank
content to be expected, the more accurate the measurement result.

• If you enter a new value for TANK CONTENT MAX, the value for SET URV is also
changed. Use SET URV to assign a %-value, volume value or mass value to the
upper current value. If you want to assign the upper current value a value other
than that for TANK CONTENT MAX, you must enter the desired value for SET
URV. (SET URV, Page 102.)
• For the setting LEVEL MODE "Height Linearized" and ASSIGN CURRENT "Linear",
the TANK CONTENT MAX parameter does not affect the SET URV parameter.
(SET URV, Page 102 and ASSIGN CURRENT, Page 114)
Factory setting:
100.0

104 Endress+Hauser
Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART Description of parameters

Table 18: (GROUP SELECTION ) OPERATING MENU SETTINGS LINEARISATION


– on-site operation

Parameter name Description

TABLE SELECTION (808) Select table.


Selection The device works with a measuring and an editor table. The measuring table is
used to calculate the measured value. To make sure measuring also runs properly
when entering a new table, there is another table, the editor table, for entering
new values.
Options:
• View meas. table
• Editor table
Factory setting:
View meas. table

LIN. EDIT MODE (397) Select the entry mode for the linearisation table.
Selection
Prerequisite:
• TABLE SELECTION = Editor table
Options:
• Manual:
the container neither has to be filled nor emptied for this entry mode. Enter the
value pairs for the linearisation table.
• Semiautomatic: the container is filled or emptied in stages in this entry mode.
The device automatically records the hydrostatic pressure. The associated
volume, mass or %-value is entered.
Factory setting:
Manual

EDITOR TABLE (809) Select table.


Selection
Prerequisite:
• TABLE SELECTION = editor table
Options:
• New table:
enter new linearisation table.
• Edit measure table:
The measuring table is loaded as an editor table so that changes can be made. 
See also TAB. SELECTION
• Continue edit:
Edit an editor table that already exists. See also TABLE EDITOR (770)
Factory setting:
New table

EDITOR TABLE Enter table in the "Semiautomatic" editing mode.


Entry ("Semiautomatic" edit A linearisation table must have at least 2 points and may not have more than
mode) 32 points. A point consists of LINE-NUMB, X-VAL. and Y-VAL. For this editing
mode, the container is filled or emptied in stages.
– LINE-NUMB (549)
– Y-VAL. (551) Example: Enter point for LEVEL MODE = Pressure Linearized
– LINE-NUMB: confirm value displayed.
– Y-VAL.: depending on the setting in the LINd. MEASURAND parameter, enter
the volume, mass or % value.
– X-VAL.: the hydrostatic pressure present is displayed and saved by confirming
the Y-value.
Example: Enter point for LEVEL MODE = Height Linearized
– LINE-NUMB: confirm value displayed.
– Y-VAL.: depending on the setting in the COMB. MEASURAND parameter, enter
the volume, mass or % value.
– X-VAL.: the hydrostatic pressure present is measured. Depending on the setting
in the COMB. MEASURAND parameter, the measured pressure is converted to a
level unit or a % and displayed. The value is saved by confirming the Y-value.
Factory setting:
LINE-NUMB = 1, X-VAL. = 0.0, Y-VAL. = 0.0

Endress+Hauser 105
Description of parameters Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Table 18: (GROUP SELECTION ) OPERATING MENU SETTINGS LINEARISATION


– on-site operation

Parameter name Description

EDITOR TABLE Enter table in the "manual" editing mode.


Entry ("manual" edit mode) A linearisation table must have at least 2 points and may not have more than
– LINE-NUMB (549) 32 points. A point consists of a line number, X-value and Y-value. The container
neither has to be filled nor emptied for this editing mode.
– Y-VAL. (551)
– X-VAL. (550) Example: Enter point for LEVEL MODE = Pressure Linearized
– LINE-NUMB: confirm value displayed.
– X-VAL.: enter pressure value.
– Y-VAL.: depending on the setting in the LINd. MEASURAND parameter, enter
the related volume, mass or % value.
Example: Enter point for LEVEL MODE = Height Linearized
– LINE-NUMB: confirm value displayed.
– X-VAL.: the hydrostatic pressure present is measured. Depending on the setting
in the COMB. MEASURAND parameter, enter a level value or % value.
– Y-VAL.: depending on the setting in the COMB. MEASURAND parameter, enter
the related volume, mass or % value.
Factory setting:
LINE-NUMB = 1, X-VAL. = 0.0, Y-VAL. = 0.0

EDITOR TABLE (770) Select the function for the editor table.
Options Options:
• Next point: enter next point.
• Last input point: jump back to previous point to correct a mistake for example.
• Accept input table: save editor table as measuring table. This overwrites the old
measuring table.
• Abort: save values entered up to this point for the editor table and display next
parameter. The editor table is not activated as a measuring table.
• Insert point: see example below.
• Delete point: the current point is deleted. See example below.
Example: Add point, in this case between the 4th and 5th point for example
– Select point 5 via the EDITOR TABLE/LINE NUMB parameter.
– Confirm current X and Y values with Enter.
– Using the TABLE EDITOR (770) parameter, select the option "Insert point".
– Point 5 is displayed for the TABLE EDITOR/LINE NUMB parameter. New values
for the X-VAL and Y-VAL parameters.
Example: delete point, in this case the 5th point for example
– Select point 5 via the EDITOR TABLE/LINE NUMB parameter.
– Using the TABLE EDITOR (770) parameter, select the option "Delete point".
– The 5th point is deleted. All of the following points are pushed up one number
i.e. following deletion, the 6th point becomes Point 5.
Factory setting:
Next point

MEASURING TABLE (549) A point of the linearisation table saved (measuring table) appears on the display
Display The parameter first displays the first point of the linearisation table. By entering a
line number, you can directly display the corresponding point in the linearisation
table.

MEASURING TABLE (717) Select the function for the measuring table.
Selection
Options:
• Next point: view next point of the measuring table.
• Last input point: view previous point of the measuring table.
• Abort: cancel measuring table display. Display next parameter.
Factory setting:
Next point

TANK DESCRIPTION (815) Enter tank description. (max. 32 alphanumeric characters)


Entry
Factory setting:
________________________________

106 Endress+Hauser
Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART Description of parameters

Table 19: (GROUP SELECTION ) OPERATING MENU SETTINGS LINEARISATION – Digital


communication

Parameter name Description

Prerequisite:
• MEASURING MODE = Level
• LEVEL MODE = Pressure Linearized or Height Linearized

TANK CONTENT MIN Enter the minimum tank contents to be expected.


Entry The input limits for the calibration (editing limits) are derived from the value
entered. The closer the value entered corresponds to the minimum tank content to
be expected, the more accurate the measurement result.

• If you enter a new value for TANK CONTENT MIN, the value for SET LRV is also
changed. Use SET LRV to assign a %-value, volume value or mass value to the
lower current value. If you want to assign the lower current value a value other
than that for TANK CONTENT MIN, you must enter the desired value for SET
LRV. ( SET LRV, Page 102).
• For the setting LEVEL MODE "Height Linearized" and ASSIGN CURRENT "Linear",
the TANK CONTENT MIN parameter does not affect the SET LRV parameter. (
SET LRV, Page 102 and ASSIGN CURRENT, Page 114)
Factory setting:
0.0

TANK CONTENT MAX Enter the maximum tank contents to be expected.


Entry The input limits for the subsequent calibration (editing limits) are derived from the
value entered. The closer the value entered corresponds to the maximum tank
content to be expected, the more accurate the measurement result.

• If you enter a new value for TANK CONTENT MAX, the value for SET URV is also
changed. Use SET URV to assign a %-value, volume value or mass value to the
upper current value. If you want to assign the upper current value a value other
than that for TANK CONTENT MAX, you must enter the desired value for SET
URV. (SET URV, Page 102.)
• For the setting LEVEL MODE "Height Linearized" and ASSIGN CURRENT "Linear",
the TANK CONTENT MAX parameter does not affect the SET URV parameter.
(SET URV, Page 102 and ASSIGN CURRENT, Page 114)
Factory setting:
100.0

TABLE SELECTION Select table.


Selection The device works with a measuring and an editor table. The measuring table is
used to calculate the measured value. To make sure measuring also runs properly
when entering a new table, there is another table, the editor table, for entering
new values.
Options:
• View meas. table
• Editor table
Factory setting:
View meas. table

LIN. EDIT MODE Select the entry mode for the linearisation table.
Selection
Prerequisite:
• TABLE SELECTION = Editor table
Options:
• Manual:
The container neither has to be filled nor emptied for this entry mode. Enter the
value pairs for the linearisation table.
• Semiautomatic: the container is filled or emptied in stages in this entry mode.
The device automatically records the hydrostatic pressure. The associated
volume, mass or %-value is entered.
Factory setting:
Manual

Endress+Hauser 107
Description of parameters Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Table 19: (GROUP SELECTION ) OPERATING MENU SETTINGS LINEARISATION – Digital


communication

Parameter name Description

EDITOR TABLE Select table.


Selection
Prerequisite:
• TABLE SELECTION = Editor table
Options:
• New table:
Enter new linearisation table.
• View meas. table:
View saved linearisation table and change points if necessary.
• Continue edit:
Edit a linearisation table that already exists.

Operating program:
• If you select the "View meas. table" option, the saved measuring table is loaded in
the operating priogram. Use the "Lin.-Tab." window to view the entire table,
change values if necessary and write the modified table to the device.
• If you change a value via the X-VAL. or Y-VAL. parameters, the table in the "Lin.-
Tab." window is not updated. To view the table saved in the device, this table
must first be read out of the device.
Factory setting:
New table

LINE-NUMB Enter the line number for the linearisation table. A linearisation table must have at
Entry least 2 points and may not have more than 32 points.
• TABLE SELECTION = View meas. table
Via this parameter you can select the point of the linearisation table which
should be displayed.
• TABLE SELECTION = Editor table
Enter a point via the LINE-NUMB, X-VAL. and Y-VAL. parameters.
See also this table, parameter description for LIN. EDIT MODE, X-VAL.
("Manual" entry mode), X-VAL. ("Semiautomatic" entry mode) and Y-VAL.

In the operating program, you can enter a complete linearisation table (Menu
"Device Operation" "Device Functions" "Additional Functions" "Linearization
Table").

X-VAL. ("Manual" entry Enter the pressure value for the linearisation table.
mode) See also LIN. EDIT MODE, LINE-NUMB and Y-VAL.
Entry
Prerequisite:
• TABLE SELECTION = Editor table

X-VAL. ("Semiautomatic" In the "Semiautomatic" entry mode, the container is filled or emptied in stages. The
entry mode) X-VAL. displays the measured hydrostatic pressure.
Display
Prerequisite:
• TABLE SELECTION = Editor table
Operating program
The X-VAL. is saved by confirming the Y-value.
HART Handheld
Confirm X-VAL. displayed.

See also LIN. EDIT MODE, LINE-NUMB and Y-VAL.

Y-VAL. Enter the volume, mass or %-value belonging to the X-VAL. for the linearisation
Entry table.
Prerequisite:
• TABLE SELECTION = Editor table
Depending on the setting in the LINd. MEASURAND or COMB. MEASURAND
parameters, enter a volume, mass or %-value here.
See also this table, parameter description for LIN. EDIT MODE, LINE-NUMB, X-
VAL. ("Manual" entry mode), X-VAL. ("Semiautomatic" entry mode).

108 Endress+Hauser
Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART Description of parameters

Table 19: (GROUP SELECTION ) OPERATING MENU SETTINGS LINEARISATION – Digital


communication

Parameter name Description

EDITOR TABLE Select the function for the editor table.


Options
Prerequisite:
• TABLE SELECTION = Editor table
Options:
• Next point: without function
• Last input point: without function
• Accept input table: save editor table as measuring table. This overwrites the old
measuring table.
• Abort: save values entered up to this point for the editor table and display next
parameter. The editor table is not activated as a measuring table.
• Insert point: see example below.
• Delete point: the current point is deleted. See example below.
Example: Add point, in this case between the 4th and 5th point for example
– Select point 5 via the LINE NUMB parameter.
– Using the TABLE EDITOR parameter, select the option "Insert point".
– Point 5 is displayed for the LINE NUMB parameter. New values for the X-VAL
and Y-VAL parameters.
Example: delete point, in this case the 5th point for example
– Select point 5 via the LINE NUMB parameter.
– Using the TABLE EDITOR parameter, select the option "Delete point".
– The 5th point is deleted. All of the following points are pushed up one number
i.e. following deletion, the 6th point becomes Point 5.
Factory setting:
Next point

ACTIV LIN. TAB. X An X-value of the linearisation table already saved appears on the display
Display You can select a point of the linearisation table via the LINE-NUMB parameter.
Prerequisite:
• TABLE SELECTION = View meas. table

In the operating program, you can view the entire saved table (Menu "Device
Operation" "Device Functions" "Additional Functions" "Linearization Table").

ACTIV LIN. TAB. Y A Y-value of the linearisation table already saved appears on the display
Display You can select a point of the linearisation table via the LINE-NUMB parameter.
Prerequisite:
• TABLE SELECTION = View meas. table

In the operating program, you can view the entire saved table (Menu "Device
Operation" "Device Functions" "Additional Functions" "Linearization Table").

TANK DESCRIPTION Enter tank description. (max. 32 alphanumeric characters)


Entry Factory setting:
________________________________

TABLE ACTIVATE Save editor table as measuring table. This overwrites the old measuring table.

Table 20: (GROUP SELECTION )OPERATING MENU SETTINGS TOTALIZER SETUP

Parameter name Description

Prerequisite:
• MEASURING MODE = Flow

Endress+Hauser 109
Description of parameters Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Table 20: (GROUP SELECTION )OPERATING MENU SETTINGS TOTALIZER SETUP

Parameter name Description

TOTALIZER 1 UNIT Select unit for totalizer 1.


(398), (666), (664), (662) Depending on the setting in the FLOW-MEAS. TYPE parameter (Page 98) this
Selection parameter offers a list of volume, norm volume, standard volume and mass units.
When a new volume or mass unit is selected, totalizer-specific parameters are
converted and displayed with the new unit within a unit group. When the flow
mode is changed, the totalizer value is not converted.
The 3-digit ID number on the on-site display depends on the FLOW-MEAS. TYPE
selected:
– (398): FLOW-MEAS. TYPE "Volume p. cond."
– (662): FLOW-MEAS. TYPE "Mass"
– (664): FLOW-MEAS. TYPE "Gas. std. cond."
– (666): FLOW-MEAS. TYPE "Gas. norm conditions"
Factory setting:
m3

TOT. 1 USER UNIT (627) Enter text (unit) for customer-specific unit for totalizer 1.
Entry You can enter a maximum of eight alphanumeric characters here. See also
FACT. U. U. TOTAL. 1.
Prerequisite:
• TOTALIZER 1 UNIT = User unit

Only the first five characters are shown on the on-site display. For example, if
"crates" is specified as the customer-specific unit, "crate" is displayed.
If the unit contains a slash, up to eight characters can be shown on the on-site
display. The maximum number of characters in the counter is again limited to five.
For example, if "crates/m2" is specified as the customer-specific unit, "crate/m2" is
displayed. In the FieldCare, all eight characters are displayed.
In the HART handheld terminal, the customer-specific unit is only displayed in the
TOT. 1 USER UNIT parameter. The measured value is displayed with the additional
text "User Unit".
Factory setting:
________

FACT. U. U. TOTAL. 1 Enter conversion factor for a customer-specific unit for totalizer 1.
(329) The conversion factor must be entered in relation to an appropriate SI unit, e.g. m3
Entry for the "Volume p. cond." FLOW-MEAS. TYPE. See also TOT. 1 USER UNIT.
Prerequisite:
• TOTALIZER 1 UNIT = User unit
Example: You want the measured value to be displayed in "buckets".
– MEASURED VALUE =1 m3  100 buckets
– Entry TOT. 1 USER UNIT: bucket
– Entry FACT. U. U. TOTAL. 1: 100
– Result: MEASURED VALUE = 100 buckets
Factory setting:
1.0

NEG. FLOW TOT. 1 (400) Specify way of counting negative flows for totalizer 1.
Selection
positive flow negative flow

Options
Inc. on. neg. flow Total increases Total increases
Dec. on neg. flow Total increases Total decreases
Stop on neg. flow Total increases Total remains constant
P01-xMD7xxxx-16-xx-xx-xx-003

Factory setting:
Inc. on neg. flow

110 Endress+Hauser
Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART Description of parameters

Table 20: (GROUP SELECTION )OPERATING MENU SETTINGS TOTALIZER SETUP

Parameter name Description

RESET TOTALIZER1 (331) You reset totalizer 1 to zero with this parameter.
Selection
Options:
• Abort (do not reset)
• Reset
Factory setting:
Abort

TOTALIZER 2 UNIT Select unit for totalizer 2.


(399), (663), (665), (667) See also TOTAL 1. ENG. UNIT.
Selection
The 3-digit ID number on the on-site display depends on the FLOW-MEAS. TYPE
selected:
– (399): FLOW-MEAS. TYPE "Volume p. cond."
– (663): FLOW-MEAS. TYPE "Mass"
– (665): FLOW-MEAS. TYPE "Vol. std. cond."
– (667): FLOW-MEAS. TYPE "Vol. norm conditions"
Factory setting:
m3

TOT. 2 USER UNIT (628) Enter text (unit) for customer-specific unit for totalizer 2.
Entry See also TOT. 1 USER UNIT.
Prerequisite:
• TOTALIZER 2 UNIT = User unit
Factory setting:
________

FACT. U. U. TOTAL. 2 Enter conversion factor for a customer-specific unit for totalizer 2. See also
(330) FACT. U. U. TOTAL. 1.
Selection
Prerequisite:
• TOTALIZER 2 UNIT = User unit
Factory setting:
1.0

NEG. FLOW TOT. 2 (416) Specify way of counting negative flows for totalizer 2.
Selection See NEG. FLOW TOT. 1.
Factory setting:
Positive

Table 21: (GROUP SELECTION ) OPERATING MENU DISPLAY

Parameter name Description

MENU DESCRIPTOR (419) Specify contents for the main line of the on-site display in the measuring mode.
Selection See also Operating Instructions BA00270P (Deltabar S), BA00271P (Cerabar S)
or BA00332P (Deltapilot S), Section "On-site display".
Options:
• Main measured value (PV)
• Main measured value (%)
• Pressure
• Flow
• Level
• Tank content
• Current
• Temperature
• Error number
• Totalizer 1
• Totalizer 2
The selection depends on the measuring mode chosen.
Factory setting:
Main measured value (PV)

Endress+Hauser 111
Description of parameters Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Table 21: (GROUP SELECTION ) OPERATING MENU DISPLAY

Parameter name Description

MAIN DATA FORMAT Specifies the number of places after the decimal point for the value displayed in the
(688) main line.
Selection See also Operating Instructions BA00270P (Deltabar S), BA00271P (Cerabar S)
or (BA00332P) Deltapilot S, Section "On-site display".
Options:
• Auto
• x.x
• x.xx
• x.xxx
• x.xxxx
• x.xxxxx
Factory setting:
Auto

ALTERNATE DATA (423) Switch on "Alternating display" mode.


Selection
In this display mode, the on-site display alternates between the following
measured values depending on the measuring mode selected.
– Pressure: Main measured value (PV), Pressure, Temperature and Current
– Level Standard: Main measured value (PV), Pressure, Level,
Tank content, Temperature and Current
– Level Easy: Main measured value (PV), Pressure, Temperature and Current
– Flow: Main measured value (PV), Pressure, Flow, Temperature, Current,
Totalizer 1 and Totalizer 2
Options:
• Off
• On
Factory setting:
Off
DISPLAY CONTRAST (339) Adjust contrast of on-site display.
Entry You specify the contrast of the display with a number. Changes are only accepted as
single steps, i.e. to change the value from "8" to "4", you need to save four times. You
can also adjust the contrast of the display by means of the keys on the electronic
insert or at the device.
See also Operating Instructions BA00270P (Deltabar S), BA00271P (Cerabar S)
or BA00332P (Deltapilot S), Section "Function of operating keys".
Input range:
4...13, 4: contrast weaker (brighter), 13: contrast stronger (darker).
Factory setting:
8

DIGITS SETS (840) This parameter is used to check the correct display of characters and digits on the
Display user interface. If the characters and digits are displayed correctly, this parameter
displays the string "0123456789.-".

Table 22: (GROUP SELECTION ) OPERATING MENU OUTPUT

Parameter name Description


OUTPUT CURRENT (254) Displays the current current value.
Display

112 Endress+Hauser
Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART Description of parameters

Table 22: (GROUP SELECTION ) OPERATING MENU OUTPUT

Parameter name Description

CURR. CHARACT. Select curve of current output.


(694), (695), (696), (764)
Selection Options:

I 20 mA

➂ ➀
➃ ➃

➁ ➁

4 mA
X
LRV 0 URV
P01-xxxxxxxx-05-xx-xx-xx-009

Fig. 23: Illustration of current output curves


1 Linear: lower range value = 4 mA, upper range value = 20 mA
2 Bi-linear: lower range value = 4 mA, centre or zero = 20 mA,
upper range value = 4 mA
3 Linear inverse: lower range value = 20 mA, upper range value = 4 mA
4 Bi-linear inverse: lower range value = 20 mA, centre or zero = 4 mA,
upper range value = 20 mA
LRV Lower range value
URV Upper range value
I Current
X Measured value (Pressure/Level/Flow)
The "CURR. CHARACT." function refers to the operating mode previously selected.

The 3-digit ID number on the on-site display depends on the MEASURING MODE
selected:
– (694): MEASURING MODE "Pressure" or MEASURING MODE "Flow" with the
setting for LINEAR/SQROOT "Differential pres.
– (695): MEASURING MODE "Flow" with the setting LINEAR/SQROOT "Flow
(square root)"
– (696): MEASURING MODE "Level", LEVEL MODE "Linear" or "Pressure Linearized"
and LEVEL MODE "Height Linearized" with the setting for ASSIGN CURRENT
"Level"
– (764): MEASURING MODE "Level", LEVEL MODE "Height Linearized" with the
setting for ASSIGN CURRENT "Tank content"
Factory setting:
Linear

OUTPUT FAIL MODE (388) Select the current value in the event of an alarm.
Entry In the event of an alarm, the current and the bargraph assume the current value
specified with this parameter.
Options:
• Max. alarm (110%): can be set between 21...23 mA
• Hold meas. value: last measured value is kept.
• Min. alarm (–10%): 3.6 mA
See also this table SET MAX. ALARM and Operating Instructions BA00270P
(Deltabar S), BA00271P (Cerabar S) or BA00332P (Deltapilot S), Section "Setting
current output for alarm".
Factory setting:
Max. alarm 110% (22 mA)

Endress+Hauser 113
Description of parameters Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Table 22: (GROUP SELECTION ) OPERATING MENU OUTPUT

Parameter name Description

ALT. CURR. OUTPUT (597) Set current output if sensor limits undershot or overshot.
Selection
Options:
• Normal/NE43: the current output assumes the value set via the OUTPUT FAIL
MODE and SET MAX. ALARM parameters.
• Special:
– Lower sensor limit undershot (E120):
Current output = 3.6 mA
– Upper sensor limit overshot (E115): current output assumes the value set via
the SET MAX. ALARM parameter.
Attention : when using the case "special", the behavior is limited to an over/
underpressure in a range LRL -10%, URL +10%.
Factory setting:
Normal/NE43

SET MAX. ALARM (342) Enter current value for maximum alarm current.
Entry See also OUTPUT FAIL MODE.
Input range:
21...23 mA
Factory setting:
22 mA

SET MIN. CURRENT (343) Enter lower current limit.


Entry Some switching units sometimes do not accept currents less than 4.0 mA.
Options:
• 3.8 mA
• 4.0 mA
Factory setting:
3.8 mA

ASSIGN CURRENT (760) Specify current signal for the "Level" measuring mode.
Selection See also SET LRV (Page 102) and SET URV ( Page 102).
Prerequisite:
• MEASURING MODE = Level, LEVEL MODE = Height Linearized
Options:
• Height
• Tank content
Factory setting:
Tank content

LINEAR/SQROOT (390) Specify current signal for the "Flow" measuring mode.
Selection See also SET LRV (Page 103) and SET URV ( Page 104).
Prerequisite:
• MEASURING MODE = Flow or Pressure
Options:
• Differential pres.: the linear pressure signal is used for the current output.
• Flow (square root): the root flow signal is used for the current output. The "Flow
(square root)" current signal is indicated on the on-site display with a root
symbol.
Factory setting:
Pressure

Table 23: (GROUP SELECTION ) OPERATING MENU TRANSMITTER INFO HART DATA
Parameter name Description

HART VERSION Displays the HART Version.


Display

114 Endress+Hauser
Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART Description of parameters

Table 23: (GROUP SELECTION ) OPERATING MENU TRANSMITTER INFO HART DATA

Parameter name Description

CURRENT MODE (052) Set the current mode for HART communication.
Selection
Selection via on-site display and FieldCare:
• Signaling
Measured value transmission by the current value
• Fixed
Fixed current 4.0 mA (multidrop mode)
(Measured value transmission only via HART digital communication)
Factory setting:
Signaling
Selection via HART Handheld Terminal:
• enabled
Measured value transmission by the current value
• disabled
Fixed current 4.0 mA (multidrop mode)
(Measured value transmission only via HART digital communication)
Factory setting:
enabled

BUS ADDRESS (345) Enter the address for the exchange of data with the HART protocol.
Entry (HART 5.0: range 0 to 15, wherein if the address = 0 this produces the "Signaling"
setting; HART 6.0/7.0: range 0 to 63)
Factory setting:
0

DEVICE TYPE (351) Displays the device type in decimal numerical format, here Deltabar S: 23
Display The extended device type is a composition of the manufacturer number (17) and
the device type (23).
Prerequisite:
• Deltabar S differential pressure transmitter

DEVICE TYPE (802) Displays the device type in decimal numerical format, here Cerabar S: 24
Display The extended device type is a composition of the manufacturer number (17) and
the device type (24).
Prerequisite:
• Pressure transmitter Cerabar S

DEVICE TYPE (002) Displays the device type in decimal numerical format, here Deltapilot S: 26
Display The extended device type is a composition of the manufacturer number (17) and
the device type (26).
Prerequisite:
• Pressure transmitter Deltapilot S

DEVICE NAME STR. Displays the device name (16 alphanumeric characters).
Display Prerequisite:
• Digital communication

DEVICE REVISION (699) Displays the device revision


Display

BURST MODE Switches "Burst Mode" function on and off.


Selection Selection:
• On
• Off
Prerequisite:
• Digital communication

BURST OPTION Use this parameter to specify which command is sent to the master.
Entry
Prerequisite:
• Digital communication
Factory setting:
3 (HART commando 3)

Endress+Hauser 115
Description of parameters Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Table 23: (GROUP SELECTION ) OPERATING MENU TRANSMITTER INFO HART DATA

Parameter name Description

PREAMBLE NUMBER Enter the number of preambles in the HART protocol. (Synchronisation of the
(036) modem modules along a transmission path, each modem module could "swallow" a
Entry byte - at least 2 bytes must arrive.)
Input range:
2...20
Factory setting:
5

MANUFACTOR ID (432) Displays the manufacturer number in a decimal numerical format.


Display Here: 17 Endress+Hauser

HART MESSAGE (271) Enter message (max. 32 alphanumeric characters).


Entry On command from the master, this message is sent via the HART protocol.
Factory setting:
________________________________
or as per order specifications

HART DATE (481) Enter the date of the last configuration change.
Entry Factory setting:
DD.MM.YY (date of final test)

HART PRIMARY VALUE IS This parameter displays the following measured value depending on the measuring
Display mode selected:
– Measuring mode "Pressure": PRESSURE
– "Level" measuring mode, "Linear" or "Pressure Linearized"
level type: LEVEL BEFORE LIN
– Measuring mode "Level", level type "Height Linearized": TANK CONTENT
– Measuring mode "Flow": SUPPRESSED FLOW
See also PRIMARY VALUE.
Prerequisite:
• Digital communication

PRIMARY VALUE Displays the primary value.


Display See also HART PRIMARY VALUE IS.
Prerequisite:
• Digital communication
SECONDARY VAL. IS Select second process value.
You can choose between the following process values depending on the measuring
mode selected:
– PRESSURE
– CORRECTED PRESS.
– SENSOR PRESSURE
– SENSOR TEMP.
– PCB TEMPERATURE
– SUPPRESSED FLOW
– TOTALIZER 1
– TOTALIZER 2
– LEVEL BEFORE LIN
– TANK CONTENT
Prerequisite:
• Digital communication

SECONDARY VALUE Display second process value. See also SECONDARY VAL. IS.
Prerequisite:
• Digital communication

THIRD VALUE IS Select third process value. See also SECONDARY VAL. IS.
Prerequisite:
• Digital communication

THIRD VALUE Display third process value.  See also SECONDARY VAL. IS.
Prerequisite:
• Digital communication

116 Endress+Hauser
Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART Description of parameters

Table 23: (GROUP SELECTION ) OPERATING MENU TRANSMITTER INFO HART DATA

Parameter name Description

4TH VALUE IS Select fourth process value.  See also SECONDARY VAL. IS.
Prerequisite:
• Digital communication
4TH VALUE Display fourth process value.  See also SECONDARY VAL. IS.
Prerequisite:
• Digital communication

Table 24: (GROUP SELECTION ) OPERATING MENU TRANSMITTER INFO TRANSMITTER DATA

Parameter name Description

DEVICE SERIAL No (354) Displays the serial number of the device (11 alphanumeric characters).
Display

ELECTR. SERIAL No (386) Displays the serial number of the main electronics (11 alphanumeric characters).
Display

CUST. TAG NUMBER (055) Enter TAG number (max. 8 alphanumeric characters).
Entry Factory setting:
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ or as per order specifications

LONG TAG NUMBER (305) Enter TAG number (max. 32 alphanumeric characters).
Entry Factory setting:
________________________________
or as per order specifications

ADDITIONAL INFO. (272) Enter tag description (max. 16 alphanumeric characters).


Entry
Factory setting:
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ or as per order specifications

DEVICE DESIGN. (350) Displays the device designation and order code.
Display
HARDWARE REV. (266) Displays the revision number of the main electronics
Display e.g.: V02.00.00

SOFTWARE VERSION Displays the software version


(264) e.g.: V02.10.00
Display

CONFIG RECORDER (352) Displays the configuration counter.


Display This counter is increased by one with each change to a parameter or group. The
counter counts to 65535 and then starts again at zero. Changes in the parameters
of the DISPLAY function group do not increase the counter.
PCB TEMPERATURE (357) Displays the measured temperature of the main electronics.
Display

ALLOWED MIN. TEMP Displays the lower temperature limit of the main electronics.
(358)
Display

ALLOWED MAX. TEMP Displays the upper temperature limit of the main electronics.
(359)
Display

Endress+Hauser 117
Description of parameters Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Table 24: (GROUP SELECTION ) OPERATING MENU TRANSMITTER INFO TRANSMITTER DATA

Parameter name Description

DIP STATUS (363) Displays the status of DIP switch 1 on the electronic insert.
Display You can lock or unlock parameters relevant to the measured value with DIP switch
1. If operation is locked by means of the INSERT PIN No. parameter, you can only
unlock operation again by means of this parameter. (INSERT PIN NO, see Page
125.)
See also Operating Instructions BA00270P (Deltabar S), BA00271P (Cerabar S)
or BA00332P (Deltapilot S), Section "Locking/unlocking operation".
Display:
• On (locking switched on)
• Off (locking switched off)
Factory setting:
Off (locking switched off)

Table 25: (GROUP SELECTION ) OPERATING MENU TRANSMITTER INFO PROCESS CONNECTION

Parameter name Description

Pmax PROC. CONN. (570) For entering and displaying the maximum permitted pressure of the process
Entry connection.
Factory setting:
In accordance with nameplate data (see also Operating Instructions BA00270P
(Deltabar S), BA00271P (Cerabar S) or BA00332P (Deltapilot S), Section
nameplate)
PROC. CONN. TYPE (482) For selecting and displaying the process connection type.
Selection
Options:
• Not used
• Unknown
• Special
• Oval flange
• Thread female
• Thread male
• Flange
• Remote seal

MAT. PROC. CONN. + For selecting and displaying the material of the process connection (P+).
(360) See also parameter description for MAT. PROC. CONN. -
Selection
Options:
• Not used
• Unknown
• Special
• Steel
• 304 st. steel
• 316 st. steel
• Alloy C
• Monel
• Tantalum
• Titanium
• PTFE (Teflon)
• 316L st. steel
• PVC
• Inconel
• PVDF
• ECTFE
Factory setting:
As per order specifications

MAT. PROC. CONN. - (361) For selecting and displaying the material of the process connection (P–).
Selection See also parameter description for MAT. PROC. CONN. +
Prerequisite:
• Deltabar S differential pressure transmitter

118 Endress+Hauser
Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART Description of parameters

Table 25: (GROUP SELECTION ) OPERATING MENU TRANSMITTER INFO PROCESS CONNECTION

Parameter name Description

SEAL TYPE (362) For selecting and displaying the material of the process seal.
Selection
Options:
• Not used
• Unknown
• Special
• FKM Viton
• NBR
• EPDM
• Urethane
• IIR
• Kalrez
• FKM Viton oxyg
• CR
• MVQ
• PTFE glass
• PTFE graphite
• PTFE oxygen
• Copper
• Copper f. oxygen
Factory setting:
As per order specifications

BOLTS MATERIAL For selecting and displaying the material of the bolts.
Prerequisite:
• Digital communication

NUTS MATERIAL For selecting and displaying the material of the nuts.
Prerequisite:
• Digital communication

DRAIN VENT MAT. For selecting and displaying the material of the vent valves.
Prerequisite:
• Digital communication

DRAIN VENT POS. For selecting and displaying the position of the vent valves.
Prerequisite:
• Digital communication

THREAD For selecting and displaying the process connection thread.


Prerequisite:
• Digital communication

MOUNTING THREAD For selecting and displaying the ways of securing the device.
Prerequisite:
• Digital communication

REMOTE SEAL + For selecting and displaying the diaphragm seal type on the positive side.
Prerequisite:
• Digital communication

REMOTE SEAL – For selecting and displaying the diaphragm seal type on the negative side.
Prerequisite:
• Digital communication

DIAPHRAG. MAT. + For selecting and displaying the material of the process isolating diaphragm on the
positive side.
Prerequisite:
• Digital communication

DIAPHRAG. MAT. – For selecting and displaying the material of the process isolating diaphragm on the
negative side.
Prerequisite:
• Digital communication

Endress+Hauser 119
Description of parameters Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Table 25: (GROUP SELECTION ) OPERATING MENU TRANSMITTER INFO PROCESS CONNECTION

Parameter name Description

NR OF REMOTE SEAL For selecting and displaying the number of diaphragm seals.
Prerequisite:
• Digital communication
FILL FLUID For selecting and displaying the diaphragm seal fill fluid.
Prerequisite:
• Digital communication

Table 26: (GROUP SELECTION ) OPERATING MENU TRANSMITTER INFO SENSOR DATA
(all measuring modes)

Parameter name Description

SENSOR SER. No. (250) Displays the serial number of the sensor (11 alphanumeric characters).
Display

PRESS. SENS LOLIM (484) Displays the lower measuring limit of the sensor.
Display

PRESS. SENS HILIM (485) Displays the upper measuring limit of the sensor.
Display

MINIMUM SPAN (591) Displays the smallest possible span.


Display

SENSOR MEAS.TYPE (581) Displays the sensor type.


Display
• Deltabar S = differential
• Cerabar S with gauge pressure sensor = relative
• Cerabar S with absolute pressure sensor = absolute
• Deltapilot S = relative

Pmin SENS. DAMAGE Displays the minimum permissible absolute pressure of the sensor (vacuum-
(251) proofing).
Display

Pmax SENS. DAMAGE Displays the maximum permissible absolute pressure of the sensor (overpressure-
(252) proofing).
Display

MAT. MEMBRANE (365) Displays the material of the process isolating diaphragm.
Display
Factory setting:
As per version in the order code
For Deltabar S, see Technical Information TI00382P, for Cerabar S, see
Technical Information TI00383P or for Deltapilot S, see Technical Information
TI00416P, "Ordering information" section.
FILLING FLUID (366) Displays the filling fluid.
Display

Tmin SENSOR (368) Displays the lower nominal temperature limit of the sensor.
Display

Tmax SENSOR (369) Displays the upper nominal temperature limit of the sensor.
Display
SENS H/WARE REV (487) Displays the revision number of the sensor hardware.
Display e.g.: 1

Table 27: (GROUP SELECTION ) OPERATING MENU PROCESSINFO PROCESS VALUES "Pressure"

Parameter name Description

Prerequisite:
• MEASURING MODE = pressure

120 Endress+Hauser
Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART Description of parameters

Table 27: (GROUP SELECTION ) OPERATING MENU PROCESSINFO PROCESS VALUES "Pressure"

Parameter name Description

MEASURED VALUE (679) Displays the measured value


In the "Pressure" measuring mode, this value corresponds to the PRESSURE
parameter.
Prerequisite:
• Digital communication
On-site operation:
• For on-site operation, the MEASURED VALUE parameter is displayed on the 1st
level.

PRESSURE (301) Displays the measured pressure after sensor recalibration, position adjustment and
Display damping. This value corresponds to the MEASURED VALUE parameter in the
"Pressure" measuring mode.

Pressure
Position
Sensor Sensor Damping Current
adjust- P Level I
trim output
ment

Flow

SENSOR CORRECTED PRESSURE


PRESSURE PRESS.

P01-xMx7xxxx-05-xx-xx-xx-009

CORRECTED PRESS. (434) Displays the measured pressure after sensor trim and position adjustment and
Display before damping. See also PRESSURE diagram.

SENSOR PRESSURE (584) Displays the measured pressure before sensor trim, position adjustment and
Display damping.
See also PRESSURE diagram.

SENSOR TEMP. (367) Displays the temperature currently measured in the sensor. This temperature can
Display deviate from the process temperature.
MEAS. VAL. TREND (378) Displays the trend of the pressure measured value.
Display Possibilities: increasing, decreasing, constant

Table 28: (GROUP SELECTION ) OPERATING MENU PROCESSINFO PROCESS VALUES "Level"

Parameter name Description

Prerequisite:
• MEASURING MODE = Level

MEASURED VALUE (679) Displays the measured value


In the "Level" measuring mode with "Linear" level type, this value corresponds to the
LEVEL BEFORE LIN parameter
In the "Level" measuring mode with "Height Linearized" or "Pressure Linearized" level
type, this value corresponds to the TANK CONTENT parameter.
Prerequisite:
• Digital communication
On-site operation:
• For on-site operation, the MEASURED VALUE parameter is displayed on the 1st
level.

Endress+Hauser 121
Description of parameters Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Table 28: (GROUP SELECTION ) OPERATING MENU PROCESSINFO PROCESS VALUES "Level"

Parameter name Description

PRESSURE (301) Displays the measured pressure after sensor recalibration, position adjustment and
Display damping. This value corresponds to the MEASURED VALUE parameter in the
"Pressure" measuring mode.

Pressure
Position
Sensor Sensor Damping Current
adjust- P Level I
trim output
ment

Flow

SENSOR CORRECTED PRESSURE


PRESSURE PRESS.

P01-xMx7xxxx-05-xx-xx-xx-010

CORRECTED PRESS. (434) Displays the measured pressure after sensor trim and position adjustment and
Display before damping. See also PRESSURE diagram.

SENSOR PRESSURE (584) Displays the measured pressure before sensor trim, position adjustment and
Display damping. See also PRESSURE diagram.

SENSOR TEMP. (367) Displays the temperature currently measured in the sensor. This temperature can
Display deviate from the process temperature.

MEAS. VAL. TREND (378) Displays the trend of the pressure measured value.
Display Possibilities: increasing, decreasing, constant

LEVEL BEFORE LIN (050) Displays the level value prior to linearisation.
Display
Prerequisite:
• LEVEL MODE = Linear or Height Linearized
Depending on the setting for the LIN. MEASURAND or COMB. MEASURAND
parameter, this parameter displays the current level in % or in a unit of level.

TANK CONTENT (370) Displays the level value after linearisation.


Display Prerequisite:
• LEVEL MODE = Pressure Linearized or Height Linearized
Depending on the settings for the LINd. MEASURAND or COMB. MEASURAND
parameter, the current tank content is displayed in % or in a unit of volume or
mass. This value corresponds to the MEASURED VALUE.

Table 29: (GROUP SELECTION ) OPERATING MENU PROCESSINFO PROCESS VALUES "Flow"

Parameter name Description

Prerequisite:
• MEASURING MODE = Flow

MEASURED VALUE (679) Displays the measured value


In the "Flow" measuring mode, this value corresponds to the SUPPRESSED FLOW
parameter.
Prerequisite:
• Digital communication
On-site operation:
• For on-site operation, the MEASURED VALUE parameter is displayed on the 1st
level.

122 Endress+Hauser
Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART Description of parameters

Table 29: (GROUP SELECTION ) OPERATING MENU PROCESSINFO PROCESS VALUES "Flow"

Parameter name Description

PRESSURE (301) Displays the measured pressure after sensor recalibration, position adjustment and
Display damping. This value corresponds to the MEASURED VALUE parameter in the
"Pressure" measuring mode.

Pressure
Position
Sensor Sensor Damping Current
adjust- P Level I
trim output
ment

Flow

SENSOR CORRECTED PRESSURE


PRESSURE PRESS.

P01-xMx7xxxx-05-xx-xx-xx-011

CORRECTED PRESS. (434) Displays the measured pressure after sensor trim and position adjustment and
Display before damping. See also PRESSURE diagram.

SENSOR PRESSURE (584) Displays the measured pressure before sensor trim, position adjustment and
Display damping. See also PRESSURE diagram.

SENSOR TEMP. (367) Displays the temperature currently measured in the sensor. This temperature can
Display deviate from the process temperature.

MEAS. VAL. TREND (378) Displays the trend of the pressure measured value.
Display Possibilities: increasing, decreasing, constant

SUPPRESSED FLOW (375) Displays the current flow. Depending on the flow mode selected (FLOW-MEAS.
Display TYPE), a volume flow, mass flow, standard volume flow or corrected volume flow is
displayed.

TOTALIZER 1 (652) Displays the total flow value of totalizer 1. You can reset the value with the RESET
Display TOTALIZER 1 parameter. The TOTAL. 1 OVERFLOW parameter displays the
overflow.
Example: The value 123456789 m3 is displayed as follows:
– TOTALIZER 1: 3456789 m3
– TOTAL. 1 OVERFLOW: 12 E7

TOTAL. 1 OVERFLOW Displays the overflow value of totalizer 1.


(655) See also TOTALIZER 1.
Display

TOTALIZER 2 (657) Displays the total flow value of totalizer 2. You cannot reset totalizer 2. The TOTAL.
Display 2 OVERFLOW parameter displays the overflow.
See also example for TOTALIZER 1.

TOTAL. 2 OVERFLOW Displays the overflow value of totalizer 2.


(658) See also TOTALIZER 2 and example for TOTALIZER 1.
Display

Table 30: (GROUP SELECTION ) OPERATING MENU PROCESSINFO  PEAK HOLD INDICATOR

Parameter name Description

COUNTER:P > Pmax (380) Displays the overpressure counter of the sensor
Display The limit value is: upper nominal pressure limit of sensor + 10 % of upper nominal
pressure limit of sensor. You can reset this counter by means of the RESET
PEAKHOLD parameter.
MAX. MEAS. PRESS. (383) Displays the largest measured pressure value (peak hold indicator). You can reset
Display this indicator by means of the RESET PEAKHOLD parameter.

COUNTER P < Pmin (467) Displays the vacuum pressure counter of the sensor
Display The limit value is: lower nominal pressure limit of sensor – 10 % of upper nominal
pressure limit of sensor. You can reset this counter by means of the RESET
PEAKHOLD parameter.

MIN. MEAS. PRESS. (469) Displays the smallest measured pressure value (peak hold indicator). You can reset
Display this indicator by means of the RESET PEAKHOLD parameter.

Endress+Hauser 123
Description of parameters Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Table 30: (GROUP SELECTION ) OPERATING MENU PROCESSINFO  PEAK HOLD INDICATOR

Parameter name Description

COUNTER:T > Tmax (404) Displays the number of times the specified temperature range of the sensor has
Display been overshot. You can reset this counter by means of the RESET PEAKHOLD
parameter.

MAX. MEAS. TEMP. (471) Displays the largest measured temperature in the sensor (peak hold indicator). You
Display can reset this indicator by means of the RESET PEAKHOLD parameter.

COUNTER:T < Tmin (472) Displays the number of times the specified temperature range of the sensor has
Display been undershot. You can reset this counter by means of the RESET PEAKHOLD
parameter.

MIN. MEAS. TEMP. (474) Displays the smallest measured temperature in the sensor (peak hold indicator).
Display You can reset this indicator by means of the RESET PEAKHOLD parameter.
PCB COUNT:T > Tmax Displays the number of times the specified temperature range of the electronics
(488) has been overshot.
Display
PCB MAX. TEMP. (490) Displays the largest electronics temperature measured.
Display

PCB COUNT:T < Tmin Displays the number of times the specified temperature range of the electronics
(492) has been undershot.
Display

PCB MIN. TEMP. (494) Displays the smallest electronics temperature measured.
Display
RESET PEAKHOLD (382) This parameter lists all the peak hold indicator parameters that can be reset. You
Selection can select the peak hold indicators you want to reset.
Options:
• None
• Max. pressure
• Min. pressure
• Pmax history
• Pmin history
• Max. temp.
• Min. temp.
• Tmax history
• Tmin history
• Reset all
Factory setting:
None

Table 31: (GROUP SELECTION ) OPERATING MENU OPERATING

Parameter name Description

ENTER RESET CODE (047) Reset parameters completely or partially to factory values or delivery status.
Entry See also Operating Instructions BA00270P (Deltabar S), BA00271P (Cerabar S)
or BA00332P (Deltapilot S), Section "Factory setting" (reset).
Factory setting:
0

OPERATING HOURS (409) Displays the hours of operation. This parameter cannot be reset.
Display

124 Endress+Hauser
Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART Description of parameters

Table 31: (GROUP SELECTION ) OPERATING MENU OPERATING

Parameter name Description

INSERT PIN NO (048) For entering a code to lock or unlock operation.


Entry
• The -symbol on the on-site display indicates that operation is locked.
Parameters which refer to how the display appears, e.g. LANGUAGE and
DISPLAY CONTRAST can still be altered.
• If operation is locked by means of the DIP-switch, you can only unlock operation
again by means of the DIP-switch. If operation is locked by means of the on-site
display or remote operation e.g. FieldCare, you can unlock operation again by
means of the on-site display or using remote operation.
See also Operating Instructions BA00270P (Deltabar S), BA00271P (Cerabar S)
or BA00332P (Deltapilot S), Section "Locking/unlocking operation".
Options:
• Lock: enter a number between 0...9999 which is 100.
• Unlock: enter the number 100.
Factory setting:
100
HistoROM AVAIL. (831) Indicates whether the optional HistoROM®/M-DAT memory module is connected
Display to the electronic insert.
See also Operating Instructions BA00270P (Deltabar S), BA00271P (Cerabar S)
or BA00332P (Deltapilot S), Section "HistoROM®/M-DAT (optional)".
Options:
• Yes (HistoROM®/M-DAT is attached to the electronic insert)
• No (HistoROM®/M-DAT is not attached to the electronic insert)

DOWNLOAD SELECT Select download function from HistoROM to device. The selection has no effect on
(014) an upload from the device to the HistoROM.
Options
Prerequisite:
• A HistoROM®/M-DAT is attached to the electronic insert
(HistoROM AVAIL. = yes)
Options:
• Configuration copy: For this option, all parameters apart from the DEVICE
SERIAL No, DEVICE DESIGN., CUST. TAG NUMBER, LONG TAG NUMBER,
ADDITIONAL INFO., BUS ADDRESS, CURRENT MODE and the parameters of the
POSITION ADJUSTMENT and PROCESS CONNECTION group are overwritten.
• Device replacement: With this option, all parameters except for DEVICE SERIAL
No, DEVICE DESIGN. and the parameters of the POSITION ADJUSTMENT and
PROCESS CONNECTION group are overwritten.
• Electronics replace: With this option, all parameters except for the parameters of
the POSITION ADJUSTMENT group are overwritten.
Factory setting:
Copy config. (if HistoROM®/M-DAT is attached to the electronic insert)

HistoROM CONTROL (832) For selecting the direction for copying the data.
Selection See also Operating Instructions BA00270P (Deltabar S), BA00271P (Cerabar S)
or BA00332P (Deltapilot S), Section "HistoROM®/M-DAT (optional)".
Prerequisite:
• A HistoROM®/M-DAT is attached to the electronic insert
(HistoROM AVAIL. = yes)
Options:
• Abort
• HistoROM Device
• Device HistoROM
Factory setting:
Abort (if HistoROM®/M-DAT is connected to the electronic insert)

Endress+Hauser 125
Description of parameters Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Table 32: (GROUP SELECTION ) OPERATING MENU DIAGNOSTICS SIMULATION

Parameter name Description

SIMULATION MODE (413) Switch on simulation and select simulation type.


Selection Any simulation running is switched off if the measuring mode or level type is
changed.
Options:
• None
• Pressure, see also this table parameter description for SIM. PRESSURE
• Flow (only differential pressure transmitter), see also this table parameter
description for SIM. FLOW VALUE
• Level, see also this table parameter description for SIM. LEVEL
• Tank content, see also this table parameter description for SIM. TANK CONT.
• Current, see also this table parameter description for SIM. CURRENT
Note:
"Square root" has to be selected in the LINEAR/SQROOT parameter to ensure the
current output corresponds to the simulated flow value.
• Alarm/warning, , see also this table parameter description for SIM. ERROR
NO.

Transducer Block
– Simulation
– Simulation value level
value level
– Simulation
– Simulation value
value tank tank content
content

Pressure
Position Analog
Sensor Sensor Damping Current
adjust- P Level I
PV Input
trim output
ment Block

Flow
Simulation value
Simulation value pressure current
Simulationvalue flow

P01-xMx7xxxx-05-xx-xx-xx-012

Factory setting:
None

SIM. PRESSURE (414) Enter simulation value.


Entry See also SIMULATION MODE.
Prerequisite:
• SIMULATION MODE = Pressure
Factory setting:
Current pressure measured value

SIM. FLOW VALUE (639) Enter simulation value.


Entry See also SIMULATION MODE.
Prerequisite:
• MEASURING MODE = Flow and SIMULATION MODE = Flow

SIM. LEVEL (714) Enter simulation value.


Entry See also SIMULATION MODE.
Prerequisite:
• MEASURING MODE = Level and SIMULATION MODE = Level

SIM. TANK CONT. (715) Enter simulation value.


Entry See also SIMULATION MODE.
Prerequisites:
• MEASURING MODE = Level, LEVEL MODE = Pressure Linearized and
SIMULATION MODE = Tank content
• MEASURING MODE = Level, LEVEL MODE = Height Linearized and
SIMULATION MODE = Tank content

SIM. CURRENT (270) Enter simulation value.


Entry See also SIMULATION MODE.
Prerequisite:
• SIMULATION MODE = Current value
Factory setting:
Current current value

126 Endress+Hauser
Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART Description of parameters

Table 32: (GROUP SELECTION ) OPERATING MENU DIAGNOSTICS SIMULATION

Parameter name Description

SIM. ERROR NO. (476) ! CAUTION


Entry
Note Dependencies when setting parameters!
‣ The SIMULATION parameter overwrites fault states (alarm/warning) that are
actually present. When the simulation is ended, the fault states (alarm/
warning) still persist but are no longer displayed! When the device is restarted
it returns to its fault state.
Enter message number.
See also SIMULATION MODE.
See also these Operating Instructions, Section 10.1 "Messages", "Code" table
column.
Prerequisite:
• SIMULATION MODE = Alarm/Warning
Factory setting:
613 (simulation active)

Table 33: (GROUP SELECTION ) OPERATING MENU DIAGNOSTICS MESSAGES

Parameter name Description

ALARM STATUS (046) Displays the current messages present. See also these Operating Instructions,
Display Section 10.1. "Messages" and Section 10.3 "Confirming messages".
On-site display
• The measured value display shows the message with the highest priority.
• The ALARM STATUS parameter shows all the messages in descending order of
priority. You can scroll through all the messages present with the  or  key.
Operating program
• The "Status" field and the ALARM STATUS parameter show the message with the
highest priority.

LAST DIAG. CODE (564) Displays the last messages that occurred and were eliminated.
Display
• On-site display: you can scroll through the last 15 messages with the  or 
key.
• Digital communication: the last message appears on the display.
• Use the RESET ALL ALARMS parameter to delete the messages listed in the
LAST DIAG. CODE parameter.

ACK. ALARM MODE (401) Switch on acknowledge alarm mode.


Selection See also ACK. ALARM.
Options:
• On
• Off
Factory setting:
Off

ACK. ALARM (500) Acknowledge alarm.


Selection Prerequisite:
• ACK. ALARM MODE = on
Options:
• Abort
• Confirm
The cause of the alarm must be eliminated, the message must be acknowledged via
the ACK. ALARM parameter and, where applicable, the ALARM DISPL. TIME (
Page 128) has to have elapsed before the device starts measuring again following
an alarm.
See also these Operating Instructions, Section 10.3 "Confirming messages".
Factory setting:
Abort

Endress+Hauser 127
Description of parameters Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Table 33: (GROUP SELECTION ) OPERATING MENU DIAGNOSTICS MESSAGES

Parameter name Description

RESET ALL ALARMS (603) Use this parameter to reset all the messages of the LAST DIAG. CODE parameter.
Selection
Options:
• Abort
• Confirm
Factory setting:
Abort

ERROR No. For "Error"-type messages, you can decide whether the device should behave as in
Entry the event of an alarm (A) or as in the event of a warning (W). Enter the
corresponding message number for this parameter. See also SELECT
ALARMTYPE.
See also these Operating Instructions, Section 10.1 "Messages" and Section 10.2
"Response of outputs to errors".
Prerequisite:
• Digital communication

SELECT ALARMTYPE For "Error"-type messages, you can decide whether the device should behave as in
(595) – Entry the event of an alarm (A) or as in the event of a warning (W). See also ERROR
(600) – Selection No.
See also these Operating Instructions, Section 10.2 "Response of outputs to
errors".
Options:
• Alarm (A): output current assumes a defined value.
• Warning (W): device continues measuring
On-site operation:
1. Enter the corresponding message number for ERROR No. field.
2. Select "Alarm" or "Warning" option.
Digital communication:
1. Enter the corresponding message number via the ERROR No. parameter.
2. Use the SELECT ALARMTYPE parameter to select the "Alarm" or "Warning"
option.

ALARM DELAY (336) Enter alarm response time for all "Error" messages.
Entry
There is no alarm if the cause of the error is eliminated within the alarm delay
time.
Input range:
0...100 s
Factory setting:
0.0 s

ALARM DISPL. TIME (480) Enter alarm display time for all "Error" messages. Once the cause of the error is
Entry rectified, the alarm display time starts running.

The following applies if the setting for ACK. ALARM MODE = on:
If an alarm appears and the alarm display time elapses before the alarm has been
acknowledged, the message will be cleared once it has been acknowledged.
See also these Operating Instructions, Section 10.3 "Confirming messages".
Input range:
0...999.9 s
Factory setting:
0.0 s

128 Endress+Hauser
Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART Description of parameters

Table 34: (GROUP SELECTION ) OPERATING MENU DIAGNOSTICS USER LIMITS

Parameter name Description

Pmin ALARM WINDOW Customer-specific process monitoring – enter lower pressure limit.
(332) You can use the SELECT ALARMTYPE parameter to enter how the device responds
Entry if the operating pressure undershoots the specified value.
See also these Operating Instructions, Section 10.1 "Messages", table, Code E730
and Section 10.2 "Response of outputs to errors".
Factory setting:
Low sensor limit •1.1
(For the low sensor limit, see PRESS. SENS LOLIM.)
Pmax ALARM WINDOW Customer-specific process monitoring – enter upper pressure limit.
(333) You can use the SELECT ALARMTYPE parameter to enter how the device responds
Entry if the operating pressure exceeds the specified value.
See also these Operating Instructions, Section 10.1 "Messages", table, Code E731
and Section 10.2 "Response of outputs to errors".
Factory setting:
High sensor limit •1.1
(For the high sensor limit, see PRESS. SENS HILIM.)

Tmin ALARM WINDOW Customer-specific process monitoring – enter lower temperature limit.
(334) You can use the SELECT ALARMTYPE parameter to enter how the device responds
Entry if the sensor temperature undershoots the specified value.
See also these Operating Instructions, Section 10.1 "Messages", table, Code E732
and Section 10.2 "Response of outputs to errors".
Factory setting:
Lower sensor temperature application limit – 10 K
(For the lower temperature application limit, see Tmin SENSOR)

Tmax ALARM WINDOW Customer-specific process monitoring – enter upper temperature limit.
(335) You can use the SELECT ALARMTYPE parameter to enter how the device responds
Entry if the sensor temperature exceeds the specified value.
See also these Operating Instructions, Section 10.1 "Messages", table, Code E733
and Section 10.2 "Response of outputs to errors".
Factory setting:
Upper sensor temperature application limit +10 K
(For the upper temperature application limit, see Tmax SENSOR)

Table 35: (GROUP SELECTION ) OPERATING MENU SERVICE SYSTEM 2

Parametername Beschreibung

CURR. TRIM 4mA (045) Enter current value for the lower point (4 mA) of the current output trim line.
Entry You can adapt the current output to the transmission conditions with this
parameter and CURR. TRIM 20mA.
Perform current trim for the lower point as follows:
1. Select SIMULATION group.
(Menu path: (GROUP SELECTION) OPERATING MENU DIAGNOSTICS 
SIMULATION)
2. Select option "Current" via SIMULATION parameter.
3. Enter "4 mA" for SIM. CURRENT parameter.
4. Select SYSTEM 2 group.
(Menu path: (GROUP SELECTION) OPERATING MENU SERVICE)
5. Enter the current value measured with the switching unit for the CURR. TRIM
4mA parameter.
Input range:
Measured current (3.8 mA to 4.2 mA)
Factory setting:
4 mA

Endress+Hauser 129
Description of parameters Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Table 35: (GROUP SELECTION ) OPERATING MENU SERVICE SYSTEM 2

Parametername Beschreibung

CURR. TRIM 20mA (042) Enter current value for the upper point (20 mA) of the current output trim line.
Entry You can adapt the current output to the transmission conditions with this
parameter and CURR. TRIM 4mA.
Perform current trim for the upper point as follows:
1. Select SIMULATION group.
(Menu path: (GROUP SELECTION) OPERATING MENU DIAGNOSTICS 
SIMULATION)
2. Select option "Current" via SIMULATION parameter.
3. Enter "20 mA" for SIM. CURRENT parameter.
4. Select SYSTEM 2 group.
(Menu path: (GROUP SELECTION) OPERATING MENU SERVICE)
5. Enter the current value measured with the switching unit for the CURR. TRIM
20mA parameter.
Input range:
Measured current (19 mA to 21 mA)
Factory setting:
20 mA

OFFSET 4mA TRIM (043) Displays the difference between 4 mA and the value entered for the CURRENT
Display TRIM 4mA parameter.
Factory setting:
0

OFFSET 20mA TRIM (044) Displays the difference between 20 mA and the value entered for the CURRENT
Display TRIM 20mA parameter.
Factory setting:
0

130 Endress+Hauser
Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART Troubleshooting

10 Troubleshooting

10.1 Messages
The following table lists all the possible messages that can occur.
The device differentiates between the error types "Alarm", "Warning" and "Error". You may
specify whether the instrument should react as if for an "Alarm" or "Warning" for "Error"
messages.
See "Error type/NA 64" column and parameter descriptions for ERROR No. and SELECT
ALARMTYPE (Page 128).
In addition, the "Error type/NA 64" column classifies the messages in accordance with
NAMUR Recommendation NA 64:
• Break down: indicated with "B"
• Maintenance need: indicated with "C" (check request)
• Function check: indicated with "I" (in service)
Error message display on the on-site display:
• The measured value display shows the message with the highest priority. See "Priority"
column.
• The ALARM STATUS (Page 127) parameter shows all the messages present in
descending order of priority. You can scroll through all the messages present with the 
key or  key.
Message display via the digital communication:
• The ALARM STATUS (Page 127) parameter shows the message with the highest
priority.  See "Priority" column.
• If the device detects a defect in the on-site display during initialization, special error
messages are generated. For the error messages, see Page 140, Section 10.1.1 "On-site
display error messages".
• For support and further information, please contact Endress+Hauser Service.

Code Error type/ Correspond Message/description Cause Measure Prio


NA 64 s NE 107 rity

101 (A101) Alarm Failure (F) B>Sensor electronic – Electromagnetic effects are – Wait a few minutes. 17
B EEPROM error greater than specifications in – Restart the device. Perform
the technical data.  See reset (Code 62).
Technical Information – Block off electromagnetic
TI00382P (Deltabar S), effects or eliminate source of
TI00383P (Cerabar S) or disturbance.
TI00416P (Deltapilot S). This
message normally only
appears briefly.
– Sensor defect. – Replace sensor.

102 Warning Maintenanc C>Checksum error in – Main electronics defect. – Replace main electronics. 53
(W102) C e request EEPROM: peakhold segment Correct measurement can
(M) continue as long as you do not
need the peak hold indicator
function.

106 Warning Funktion C>Downloading - please wait – Downloading. – Wait for download to 52
(W106) C check (C) complete.

Endress+Hauser 131
Troubleshooting Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Code Error type/ Correspond Message/description Cause Measure Prio


NA 64 s NE 107 rity

110 (A110) Alarm Failure (F) B>Checksum error in – The supply voltage is – Reestablish supply voltage. 6
B EEPROM: configuration disconnected when writing. Perform reset (Code 7864) if
segment necessary. Carry out
calibration again.
– Electromagnetic effects are – Block off electromagnetic
greater than specifications in effects or eliminate sources of
the technical data.  See disturbance.
Technical Information
TI00382P (Deltabar S),
TI00383P (Cerabar S) or
TI00416P (Deltapilot S).

– Main electronics defect. – Replace main electronics.

113 (A113) Alarm Failure (F) B>ROM failure in – Main electronics defect. – Replace main electronics. 1
B transmitter electronic

115 (E115) Error Out of B>Sensor overpressure – Overpressure present. – Reduce pressure until message 29
B specification disappears.
factory (S)
– Sensor defect. – Replace sensor.
setting:
Warning C
116 Warning Maintenanc C>Download error, repeat – The file is defect. – Use another file. 36
(W116) C e request download
– During the download, the data – Check cable connection PC –
(M)
are not correctly transmitted to transmitter.
the processor, e.g. because of – Block off electromagnetic
open cable connections, spikes effects or eliminate sources of
(ripple) on the supply voltage disturbance.
or electromagnetic effects. – Perform reset (Code 7864)
and carry out calibration again.
– Repeat download.

120 (E120) Error Out of B>Sensor low pressure – Pressure too low. – Increase pressure until 30
B specification message disappears.
factory (S)
– Sensor defect. – Replace sensor.
setting:
Warning C

121 (A121) Alarm Failure (F) B>Checksum error in factory – Main electronics defect. – Replace main electronics. 5
B segment of EEPROM

122 (A122) Alarm Failure (F) B>Sensor not connected – Cable connection sensor –main – Check cable connection and 13
B electronics disconnected. repair if necessary.

– Electromagnetic effects are – Block off electromagnetic


greater than specifications in effects or eliminate source of
the technical data.  See disturbance.
Technical Information
TI00382P (Deltabar S),
TI00383P (Cerabar S) or
TI00416P (Deltapilot S).
– Main electronics defect. – Replace main electronics.

– Sensor defect. – Replace sensor.

130 (A130) Alarm Failure (F) B>EEPROM is defect. – Main electronics defect. – Replace main electronics. 10
B

131 (A131) Alarm Failure (F) B>Checksum error in – Main electronics defect. – Replace main electronics. 9
B EEPROM: min/max segment
132 (A132) Alarm Failure (F) B>Checksum error in – Main electronics defect. – Replace main electronics. 7
B totalizer EEPROM

132 Endress+Hauser
Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART Troubleshooting

Code Error type/ Correspond Message/description Cause Measure Prio


NA 64 s NE 107 rity

133 (A133) Alarm Failure (F) B>Checksum error in History – An error occurred when – Perform reset (Code 7864) 8
B EEPROM writing. and carry out calibration again.

– Main electronics defect. – Replace electronics.

602 Warning Funktion C>Linearisation curve not – The linearisation table is not – Add to linearisation table or 57
(W602) C check (C) monotone monotonic increasing or perform linearisation again.
decreasing.

604 Warning Funktion C>Linearisation table not From software version "02.10.xx" onwards, there is no min. span for
(W604) C check (C) valid. Less than 2 points or the Y-points.
points too close
– The linearisation table consists – Add to linearisation table. If 58
of less than 2 points. necessary, perform
linearisation again.

– At least 2 points in the – Correct linearisation table and


linearisation table are too close accept again.
together. A minimum gap of
0.5 % of the distance between
two points must be
maintained.
Spans for the "Pressure
linearized" option: HYDR.
PRESS MAX. – HYDR. PRESS
MIN.; TANK CONTENT MAX. –
TANK CONTENT MIN.
Spans for the "Height
linearized" option: LEVEL MAX
– LEVEL MIN; TANK
CONTENT MAX. – TANK
CONTENT MIN.

613 Warning Funktion I>Simulation is active – Simulation is switched on, i.e. – Switch off simulation. 60
(W613) I check (C) the device is not measuring at
present.

620 (E620) Error Out of C>Current output out of The current is outside the – Check pressure applied, 49
C specification range permitted range 3.8 to 20.5 mA. reconfigure measuring range if
Factory (S) necessary (See also these
– The pressure applied is outside
setting: Operating Instructions,
the set measuring range (but
Warning C within the sensor range). chapter 4 to 6.)
– Perform reset (Code 7864)
and carry out calibration again.

– Loose connection at sensor – Wait a short period of time


cable and tighten the connection, or
avoid loose connection.

700 Warning Maintenanc C>Last configuration not – An error occurred when – Perform reset (Code 7864) 54
(W700) C e request stored writing or reading and carry out calibration again.
(M) configuration data or the
power supply was
disconnected.

– Main electronics defect. – Replace main electronics.

701 Warning Funktion C>Measuring chain config. – The calibration carried out – Carry out calibration again. 50
(W701) C check (C) exceeds sensor range would result in the sensor
nominal operating range being
undershot or overshot.

Endress+Hauser 133
Troubleshooting Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Code Error type/ Correspond Message/description Cause Measure Prio


NA 64 s NE 107 rity

702 Warning Maintenanc C>HistoROM data not – Data were not written correctly – Repeat upload. 55
(W702) C e request consistent. to the HistoROM, e.g. if the – Perform reset (Code 7864)
(M) HistoROM was detached and carry out calibration again.
during the writing process.
– HistoROM does not have any – Copy suitable data to the
data. HistoROM. (See also
Operating Instructions
BA00270P (Deltabar S),
BA00271P (Cerabar S) or
BA00332P (Deltapilot S),
Section "Copying configuration
data".)

703 (A703) Alarm Failure (F) B>Measurement error – Fault in the main electronics. – Briefly disconnect device from 22
B the power supply.

– Main electronics defect. – Replace main electronics.

704 (A704) Alarm Funktion B>Measurement error – Fault in the main electronics. – Briefly disconnect device from 12
B check (C) the power supply.

– Main electronics defect. – Replace main electronics.

705 (A705) Alarm Failure (F) B>Measurement error – Fault in the main electronics. – Briefly disconnect device from 21
B the power supply.

– Main electronics defect. – Replace main electronics.

706 Warning Maintenanc C>Configuration in – Configuration (parameters) in – Copy data from the device to 59
(W706) C e request HistoROM and device not the HistoROM and in the the HistoROM.
(M) identical device is not identical. – Copy data from the HistoROM
to the device. The message
remains if the HistoROM and
the device have different
software versions. The
message goes out if you copy
the data from the device to the
HistoROM.
– Device reset codes such as
7864 do not have any effect on
the HistoROM. That means
that if you do a reset, the
configurations in the
HistoROM and in the device
may not be the same.
See also Operating
Instructions BA00270P (Deltabar
S), BA00271P (Cerabar S),
BA00332P (Deltapilot S) Section
"Copying configuration data".

707 (A707) Alarm Funktion B>X-VAL. of lin. table out of – At least one X-VALUE in the – Carry out calibration again. ( 38
B check (C) edit limits. linearisation table is either See also these Operating
below the value for HYDR. Instructions, chapter 5.)
PRESS MIN. or MIN. LEVEL or
above the value for HYDR.
PRESS. MAX. or LEVEL MAX.

710 Warning Funktion B>Set span too small. Not – Values for calibration (e.g. – Adjust calibration to suit 51
(W710) C check (C) allowed. lower range value and upper sensor.
range value) are too close (See also Page 120,
together. parameter description
MINIMUM SPAN.)
– The sensor was replaced and – Adjust calibration to suit
the customer-specific sensor.
configuration does not suit the – Replace sensor with a suitable
sensor. sensor.

– Unsuitable download carried – Check configuration and


out. perform download again.

134 Endress+Hauser
Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART Troubleshooting

Code Error type/ Correspond Message/description Cause Measure Prio


NA 64 s NE 107 rity

711 (A711) Alarm Funktion B>LRV or URV out of edit – Lower range value and/or – Reconfigure lower range value 37
B check (C) limits upper range value undershoot and/or upper range value to
or overshoot the sensor range suit the sensor. Pay attention
limits. to position factor.
– The sensor was replaced and – Reconfigure lower range value
the customer-specific and/or upper range value to
configuration does not suit the suit the sensor. Pay attention
sensor. to position factor.
– Replace sensor with a suitable
sensor.
– Unsuitable download carried – Check configuration and
out. perform download again.

713 (A713) Alarm Funktion B>100% POINT level out of – The sensor was replaced. – Carry out calibration again. 39
B check (C) edit limits

715 (E715) Error Out of C>Sensor over temperature – The temperature measured in – Reduce process temperature/ 32
C specification the sensor is greater than the ambient temperature.
Factory (S) upper nominal temperature of
setting: the sensor. (See also Page
Warning C 120, parameter description
Tmax SENSOR.)

– Unsuitable download carried – Check configuration and


out. perform download again.
716 (E716) Error Failure (F) B>Process isolating – Sensor defect. – Replace sensor. 24
B diaphragm broken
– Reduce pressure.
Factory
setting:
Alarm B

717 (E717) Error Out of C>Transmitter over – The temperature measured in – Reduce ambient temperature. 34
C specification temperature the electronics is greater than
Factory (S) the upper nominal
setting: temperature of the electronics
Warning C (+88 °C).

– Unsuitable download carried – Check configuration and


out. perform download again.
718 (E718) Error Out of C>Transmitter under – The temperature measured in – Increase ambient temperature. 35
C specification temperature the electronics is smaller than Insulate device if necessary.
Factory (S) the lower nominal
setting: temperature of the electronics
Warning C (–43 °C).

– Unsuitable download carried – Check configuration and


out. perform download again.

719 (A719) Alarm Funktion B>Y-VAL of lin. table out of – At least on Y-VALUE in the – Carry out calibration again. 40
B check (C) edit limits linearisation table is below the
MIN. TANK CONTANT or
above the MAX. TANK
CONTENT.

Endress+Hauser 135
Troubleshooting Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Code Error type/ Correspond Message/description Cause Measure Prio


NA 64 s NE 107 rity

720 (E720) Error Out of C>Sensor under temperature – The temperature measured in – Increase process temperature/ 33
C specification the sensor is smaller than the ambient temperature.
Factory (S) lower nominal temperature of
setting: the sensor. ( See also Page
Warning C 120, parameter description
Tmin SENSOR.)

– Unsuitable download carried – Check configuration and


out. perform download again.

– Loose connection at sensor – Wait a short period of time


cable and tighten the connection, or
avoid loose connection.

721 (A721) Alarm Funktion B>ZERO POSITION level out – LEVEL MIN or LEVEL MAX – Perform reset (Code 2710) 41
B check (C) of edit limits has been changed. and carry out calibration again.

722 (A722) Alarm Funktion B>EMPTY CALIB. or FULL – LEVEL MIN or LEVEL MAX – Perform reset (Code 2710) 42
B check (C) CALIB. out of edit limits has been changed. and carry out calibration again.

723 (A723) Alarm Funktion B>MAX. FLOW out of edit – FLOW-MEAS. TYPE has been – Carry out calibration again. 43
B check (C) limits changed.

725 (A725) Alarm Failure (F) B>Sensor connection error, – Electromagnetic effects are – Block off electromagnetic 25
B cycle disturbance greater than specifications in effects or eliminate source of
the technical data.  See disturbance.
Technical Information
TI00382P (Deltabar S),
TI00383P (Cerabar S) or
TI00416P (Deltapilot S).
– Setscrew loose. – Retighten setscrew with 1 Nm
(0,74 lbf ft) (see chapter
"Rotating the housing" in
BA00270P (Deltabar S),
BA00271P (Cerabar S),
BA00332P (Deltapilot S).

– Sensor or main electronics – Replace sensor or main


defect. electronics.

726 (E726) Error Out of C>Sensor temperature error – Electromagnetic effects are – Block off electromagnetic 31
C specification - overrange greater than specifications in effects or eliminate source of
(S) the technical data.  See disturbance.
Factory
Technical Information
setting:
• Deltapilot: TI00382P (Deltabar S),
TI00383P (Cerabar S) or
Warning C
TI00416P (Deltapilot S).
• Deltabar/
Cerabar: – Process temperature is outside – Check temperature present,
Alarm C permitted range. reduce or increase if necessary.

– Sensor defect. – If the process temperature is


within the permitted range,
replace sensor.

136 Endress+Hauser
Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART Troubleshooting

Code Error type/ Correspond Message/description Cause Measure Prio


NA 64 s NE 107 rity

727 (E727) Error Out of C>Sensor pressure error - – Electromagnetic effects are – Block off electromagnetic 28
C specification overrange greater than specifications in effects or eliminate source of
Factory (S) the technical data.  See disturbance.
setting: Technical Information
Warning C TI00382P (Deltabar S),
TI00383P (Cerabar S) or
TI00416P (Deltapilot S).
– Pressure is outside permitted – Check pressure present, reduce
range. or increase if necessary.

– Sensor defect. – If the pressure is within the


permitted range, replace
sensor.

728 (A728) Alarm Failure (F) B>RAM error – Fault in the main electronics. – Briefly disconnect device from 2
B the power supply.

– Main electronics defect. – Replace main electronics.

729 (A729) Alarm Failure (F) B>RAM error – Fault in the main electronics. – Briefly disconnect device from 3
B the power supply.

– Main electronics defect. – Replace main electronics.

730 (E730) Error Out of C>LRV user limits exceeded – Pressure measured value has – Check system/pressure 46
C specification undershot the value specified measured value.
Factory (S) for the Pmin ALARM – Change value for Pmin
setting: WINDOW parameter. ALARM WINDOW if
Warning C necessary. (See also Page
129, parameter description
Pmin ALARM WINDOW.)

– Loose connection at sensor – Wait a short period of time


cable and tighten the connection, or
avoid loose connection.

731 (E731) Error Out of C>URV user limits exceeded – Pressure measured value has – Check system/pressure 45
C specification overshot the value specified for measured value.
Factory (S) the Pmax ALARM WINDOW – Change value for Pmax
setting: parameter. ALARM WINDOW if
Warning C necessary. (See also Page
129, parameter description
Pmax ALARM WINDOW.)
– Loose connection at sensor – Wait a short period of time
cable and tighten the connection, or
avoid loose connection.
732 (E732) Error Out of C>LRV Temp. User limits – Temperature measured value – Check system/temperature 48
C specification exceeded has undershot the value measured value.
Factory (S) specified for the Tmin ALARM – Change value for Tmin
setting: WINDOW parameter. ALARM WINDOW if
Warning C necessary. (See also Page
129, parameter description
Tmin ALARM WINDOW.)

733 (E733) Error Out of C>URV Temp. User limits – Temperature measured value – Check system/temperature 47
C specification exceeded has overshot the value measured value.
Factory (S) specified for the Tmax ALARM – Change value for Tmax
setting: WINDOW parameter. ALARM WINDOW if
Warning C necessary. (See also Page
129, parameter description
Tmax ALARM WINDOW.)

736 (A736) Alarm Failure (F) B>RAM error – Fault in the main electronics. – Briefly disconnect device from 4
B the power supply.

– Main electronics defect. – Replace main electronics.

737 (A737) Alarm Failure (F) B>Measurement error – Fault in the main electronics. – Briefly disconnect device from 20
B the power supply.

– Main electronics defect. – Replace main electronics.

Endress+Hauser 137
Troubleshooting Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Code Error type/ Correspond Message/description Cause Measure Prio


NA 64 s NE 107 rity

738 (A738) Alarm Failure (F) B>Measurement error – Fault in the main electronics. – Briefly disconnect device from 19
B the power supply.

– Main electronics defect. – Replace main electronics.

739 (A739) Alarm Failure (F) B>Measurement error – Fault in the main electronics. – Briefly disconnect device from 23
B the power supply.

– Main electronics defect. – Replace main electronics.

740 (E740) Error Maintenanc C>Calculation overflow, bad – Level measuring mode: the – Check configuration and carry 27
C e request configuration measured pressure has out calibration again if
Factory (M) undershot the value for HYDR. necessary.
setting: PRESS. MIN. or overshot the – Select a device with a suitable
Warning C value for HYDR. PRESS MAX. measuring range.

– Level measuring mode: The – Check configuration and carry


measured level did not reach out calibration again if
the LEVEL MIN value or necessary.
exceeded the LEVEL MAX (See also parameter
value. description LEVEL MIN., Page
93.)

– Flow measuring mode: the – Check configuration and carry


measured pressure has out calibration again if
undershot the value for MAX. necessary.
PRESS FLOW. – Select a device with a suitable
measuring range.

741 (A741) Alarm Funktion B>TANK HEIGHT out of edit – LEVEL MIN or LEVEL MAX – Perform reset (Code 2710) 44
B check (C) limits has been changed. and carry out calibration again.

742 (A742) Alarm Failure (F) B>Sensor connection error – Electromagnetic effects are – Wait a few minutes. 18
B (upload) greater than specifications in – Perform reset (Code 7864)
the technical data.  See and carry out calibration again.
Technical Information
TI00382P (Deltabar S),
TI00383P (Cerabar S) or
TI00416P (Deltapilot S). This
message normally only
appears briefly.

– Cable connection sensor – – Check cable connection and


main electronics disconnected. repair if necessary.

– Sensor defect. – Replace sensor.

743 (E743) Alarm Failure (F) B>Electronic PCB error – This message normally only – Wait a few minutes. 14
B during initialisation appears briefly. – Restart the device. Perform
reset (Code 62).

– Main electronics defect. – Replace main electronics.

744 (A744) Alarm Failure (F) B>Main electronic PCB error – Electromagnetic effects are – Restart the device. Perform 11
B greater than specifications in reset (Code 62).
the technical data.  See – Block off electromagnetic
Technical Information effects or eliminate source of
TI00382P (Deltabar S), disturbance.
TI00383P (Cerabar S) or
TI00416P (Deltapilot S).

– Main electronics defect. – Replace main electronics.

745 Warning Maintenanc C>Sensor data unknown – Sensor does not suit the device – Replace sensor with a suitable 56
(W745) C e request (electronic sensor nameplate). sensor.
(M) Device continues measuring.

138 Endress+Hauser
Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART Troubleshooting

Code Error type/ Correspond Message/description Cause Measure Prio


NA 64 s NE 107 rity

746 Warning Funktion C>Sensor connection error - – Electromagnetic effects are – Wait a few minutes. 26
(W746) C check (C) initialising greater than specifications in – Restart the device. Perform
the technical data. This reset (Code 7864).
message normally only – Block off electromagnetic
appears briefly.  See effects or eliminate source of
Technical Information disturbance.
TI00382P (Deltabar S),
TI00383P (Cerabar S) or
TI00416P (Deltapilot S).

– Overpressure or low pressure – Reduce or increase pressure.


present.

747 (A747) Alarm Failure (F) B>Sensor software not – Sensor does not suit the device – Replace sensor with a suitable 16
B compatible to electronics (electronic sensor nameplate). sensor.

748 (A748) Alarm Failure (F) B>Memory failure in signal – Electromagnetic effects are – Block off electromagnetic 15
B processor greater than specifications in effects or eliminate source of
the technical data.  See disturbance.
Technical Information
TI00382P (Deltabar S),
TI00383P (Cerabar S) or
TI00416P (Deltapilot S).

– Main electronics defect. – Replace main electronics.

Endress+Hauser 139
Troubleshooting Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

10.1.1 On-site display error messages


If the device detects a defect in the on-site display during initialization, the following error
messages can be displayed:

Message Measure

Initialization, VU Electr. Defect A110 Exchange on-site display.

Initialization, VU Electr. Defect A114

Initialization, VU Electr. Defect A281

Initialization, VU Checksum Err. A110

Initialization, VU Checksum Err. A112

Initialization, VU Checksum Err. A171

10.2 Response of outputs to errors


The device differentiates between the error types Alarm, Warning and Error.
 See also Section 10.1 "Messages" und Page 112 ff, Table 22: OUTPUT and Page 127 ff,
Table 31: MESSAGES.

Output A (Alarm) W (Warning) E (Error: Alarm/Warning)

Current output Assumes the value specified via the Device continues measuring. For this error, you can enter whether the
OUTPUT FAIL MODE1), ALT. CURR. device should react as in the event of an
OUTPUT1 and SET MAX. ALARM1 alarm or as in the event of a warning.
parameter. See also the following See corresponding "Alarm" or "Warning"
section "Configuring current output for column. (See also these Operating
an alarm". Instructions, parameter description
SELECT ALARM TYPE.)

Bargraph The bargraph adopts the value defined The bargraph adopts the value which  See this table, column "Alarm" or
(on-site display) by the OUTPUT FAIL MODE 1 corresponds to the current value. "Warning".
parameter.
On-site display – The measured value and message are – The measured value and message are – The measured value and message are
displayed alternately displayed alternately displayed alternately
– Measured value display: -symbol is – Measured value display: -symbol – Measured value display: see
permanently displayed. flashes. corresponding "Alarm" or "Warning"
column

Message display Message display: Message display:


– 3-digit number such as A122 and – 3-digit number such as W613 and – 3-digit number such as E731 and
description description description

Remote operation In the case of an alarm, the In the case of a warning, the ALARM In the case of an error, the
(Digital ALARM STATUS2) parameter displays a STATUS2 parameter displays a 3-digit ALARM STATUS2 parameter displays a
communication) 3-digit number such as 122 for "Sensor number such as 613 for "Simulation is 3-digit number such as 731 for "URV
not connected". active". user limits exceeded".

1) Menu path: (GROUP SELECTION ) OPERATING MENU  OUTPUT


2) Menu path: (GROUP SELECTION ) OPERATING MENU MESSAGES

140 Endress+Hauser
Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART Troubleshooting

10.3 Confirming messages


Depending on the settings for the ALARM DISPL. TIME (Page 128) and ACK. ALARM
MODE (Page 127) parameters, the following measures should be taken to clear a
message:

Settings 1) Measures

– ALARM DISPL. TIME = 0 s – Rectify cause of the message (see also Section 10.1).
– ACK. ALARM MODE = off

– ALARM DISPL. TIME > 0 s – Rectify cause of the message (see also Section 10.1).
– ACK. ALARM MODE = off – Wait for the alarm display time to elapse.

– ALARM DISPL. TIME = 0 s – Rectify cause of the message (see also Section 10.1).
– ACK. ALARM MODE = on – Confirm message using ACK. ALARM parameter.
– ALARM DISPL. TIME > 0 s – Rectify cause of the message (see also Section 10.1).
– ACK. ALARM MODE = on – Confirm message using ACK. ALARM parameter.
– Wait for the alarm display time to elapse. If a message appears and the
alarm display time elapses before the message has been acknowledged,
the message will be cleared once it has been acknowledged.

1) Menu path for ALARM DISPL. TIME and ACK. ALARM MODE: (GROUP SELECTION) OPERATING MENU
DIAGNOSTICS MESSAGES

If the on-site display displays a message, you can delete it with the  key.
If there are several messages, the on-site display shows the message which has the highest
priority (see also Section 10.1). Once you have deleted this message using the  key, the
message with the next highest priority is displayed. You can use the  key to delete each
message, one after the other.
The ALARM STATUS parameter continues to display all the messages present.

Endress+Hauser 141
Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Index
Numerics CURRENT MODE (052) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
100% POINT (813), "Height linearized" level type. . . . . 96 CUST. TAG NUMBER (055) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
100% POINT (813), "Linear" level type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 CUST. UNIT FACT. F (609) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
4TH VALUE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 CUST. UNIT FACT. H (705), "Height linearized" level type .
4TH VALUE IS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 90, 95
CUST. UNIT FACT. H (705), "Linear" level type . . . . 80, 85
A CUST. UNIT FACT. M (703), "Height linearized" level type
ACK. ALARM (500) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 92
ACK. ALARM MODE (401) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 CUST. UNIT FACT. M (703), "Linear" level type. . . . . . . . 82
ACTIV LIN. TAB. X. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 CUST. UNIT FACT. M (703), "Pressure linearized" level type
ACTIV LIN. TAB. Y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 89
ADDITIONAL INFO. (272) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 CUST. UNIT FACT. P (317) . . . . . . . . . . 69, 71, 74, 78, 97
ADJUST DENSITY (007), "Level Easy Height" level selection CUST. UNIT FACT. V (607), "Height linearized" level type .
75 91
ADJUST DENSITY (007)/(316), "Level" extended setup 101 CUST. UNIT FACT. V (607), "Linear" level type . . . . 81, 84
ADJUST DENSITY (316), "Height linearized" level type . 94 CUST. UNIT FACT. V (607), "Pressure linearized" level type
ADJUST DENSITY (316), "Linear" level type . . . . . . . . . . 83 88
ADJUSTED DENSITY (810), "Height linearized" level type . CUSTOMER UNIT F (610) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
94 CUSTOMER UNIT H (706), "Height linearized" level type. .
ADJUSTED DENSITY (810), "Linear" level type . . . . . . . . 83 90, 95
ALARM DELAY (336) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128 CUSTOMER UNIT H (706), "Linear" level type . . . . . 79, 85
ALARM DISPL. TIME (480) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128 CUSTOMER UNIT M (704), "Height linearized" level type .
ALARM STATUS (046). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 92
ALLOWED MAX. TEMP (359). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 CUSTOMER UNIT M (704), "Linear" level type . . . . . . . . 81
ALLOWED MIN. TEMP (358) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 CUSTOMER UNIT M (704), "Pressure linearized" level type
ALT. CURR. OUTPUT (597) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 88
ALTERNATE DATA (423) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 CUSTOMER UNIT P (075) . . . . . . . . . . . 69, 71, 74, 78, 97
ASSIGN CURRENT (760) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 CUSTOMER UNIT V (608), "Height linearized" level type. .
91
B CUSTOMER UNIT V (608), "Linear" level type . . . . . 80, 84
BOLTS MATERIAL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119 CUSTOMER UNIT V (608), "Pressure linearized" level type
BURST MODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 87
BURST OPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
BUS ADDRESS (345) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 D
DAMPING VALUE (247) . 65–67, 70, 73, 77, 86, 89, 96,
C 100
CALIB. OFFSET (319) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 DENSITY UNIT (001), "Level Easy Height" level selection. .
CALIBRATION MODE (008), "Level Easy Height" level se- 75
lection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 DENSITY UNIT (001)/(812), "Level" extended setup . 101
CALIBRATION MODE (008), "Level Easy Pressure" level se- DENSITY UNIT (812), "Height linearized" level type . . . . 94
lection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 DENSITY UNIT (812), "Linear" level type . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
CALIBRATION MODE (392), "Height linearized" level type DEVICE DESIGN. (350). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
93 DEVICE REVISION (699) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
CALIBRATION MODE (392), "Linear" level type. . . . . . . 82 DEVICE SERIAL No (354). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
COMB. MEASURAND (806). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 DEVICE TYPE (002), Deltapilot S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
CONFIG RECORDER (352) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 DEVICE TYPE (351), Deltabar S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
CORRECTED PRESS. (434), "Flow" measuring mode . . 123 DEVICE TYPE (802), Cerabar S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
CORRECTED PRESS. (434), "Level" measuring mode. . 122 DIAPHRAG. MAT. -. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
CORRECTED PRESS. (434), "Pressure" measuring mode . . . DIAPHRAG. MAT. + . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
121 DIGITS SETS (840) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
COUNTER P > Pmax (380) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 DIP STATUS (363) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
COUNTER P Pmin (467) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 DISPLAY CONTRAST (339) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
COUNTER T > Tmax (404) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 DOWNLOAD SELECT (014). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
COUNTER T Tmin (472) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 DRAIN VENT MAT.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
CURR. CHARACT. (694), (695), (696), (764) . . . . . . . 113 DRAIN VENT POS.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
CURR. TRIM 20mA (042). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
CURR. TRIM 4mA (045) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129

142 Endress+Hauser
Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

E L
EDITOR TABLE (770), on-site operation . . . . . . . . . . . 106 LANGUAGE (079). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
EDITOR TABLE (809), on-site operation . . . . . . . . . . . 105 LAST DIAG. CODE (564) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
EDITOR TABLE, digital communication . . . . . . . 108–109 LEVEL BEFORE LIN (050) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
ELECTR. SERIAL No (386) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 LEVEL MAX (712) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
EMPTY CALIB. (010), "Level Easy Height" level selection. . LEVEL MIN (755) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
76 LEVEL MODE (718) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
EMPTY CALIB. (010), "Level Easy Pressure" level selection LEVEL SELECTION (020) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
72 LIN. EDIT MODE (397), on-site operation . . . . . . . . . . 105
EMPTY CALIB. (314), "Height linearized" level type . . . 93 LIN. EDIT MODE, digital communication . . . . . . . . . . . 107
EMPTY CALIB. (314), "Linear" level type . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 LIN. MEASURAND (804) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
EMPTY CALIB. (314)/(010), QUICK SETUP . . . . . . . . . 66 LINd. MEASURAND (805) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
EMPTY HEIGHT. (009), "Level Easy Height" level selection LINEAR/SQROOT (390) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
76 LINE-NUMB (549), on-site operation . . . . . . . . . 105–106
EMPTY PRESSURE (011), "Level Easy Pressure" level selec- LINE-NUMB, digital communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
tion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 LONG TAG NUMBER (305) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
EMPTY PRESSURE (710), "Height linearized" level type 94 LOW FLOW CUT-OFF (442) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
EMPTY PRESSURE (710), "Linear" level type . . . . . . . . . 83
ENTER RESET CODE (047). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 M
ERROR No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128 MAIN DATA FORMAT (688) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
MANUFACTOR ID (432) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
F MASS FLOW UNIT (571) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
FACT. U. U. TOTAL. 1 (329) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 MASS UNIT (709), "Height linearized" level type . . . . . . 92
FACT. U. U. TOTAL. 2 (330) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 MASS UNIT (709), "Linear" level type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
FILL FLUID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 MASS UNIT (709), "Pressure linearized" level type . . . . . 88
FILLING FLUID (366) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 MAT. MEMBRANE (365) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
FLOW-MEAS. TYPE (640) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 MAT. PROC. CONN. - (361). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
FULL CALIB. (004), "Level Easy Height" level selection. 76 MAT. PROC. CONN. + (360) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
FULL CALIB. (004), "Level Easy Pressure" level selection . . MAX PRESS. FLOW (634) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67, 100
72–73 MAX. FLOW (311) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67, 100
FULL CALIB. (315), "Height linearized" level type . . . . . 94 MAX. MEAS. PRESS. (383) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
FULL CALIB. (315), "Linear" level type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 MAX. MEAS. TEMP. (471) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
FULL CALIB. (315)/(004), QUICK SETUP . . . . . . . . . . . 66 MEAS. VAL. TREND (378). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121–123
FULL HEIGHT (006), "Level Easy Height" level selection 77 MEASURED VALUE, "Flow" measuring mode . . . . . . . 122
FULL PRESSURE (005), "Level Easy Pressure" level selection MEASURED VALUE, "Level" measuring mode . . . . . . . 121
73 MEASURED VALUE, "Pressure" measuring mode . . . . 121
FULL PRESSURE (711), "Height linearized" level type. . 94 MEASURING MODE (389), on-site display . . . . . . . . . . . 62
FULL PRESSURE (711), "Linear" level type . . . . . . . . . . . 83 MEASURING TABLE (549) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
MEASURING TABLE (717) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
G MENU DESCRIPTOR (419). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
GET LRV (309), "Pressure" measuring mode . . . . . . . . . 70 MIN. MEAS. PRESS. (469) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
GET URV (310), "Pressure" measuring mode . . . . . . . . . 70 MIN. MEAS. TEMP. (474) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
MIN. PRESS. FLOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
H MINIMUM SPAN (591) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
HARDWARE REV. (266) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 MOUNTING THREAD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
HART DATE (481). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
HART MESSAGE (271) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116 N
HART PRIMARY VALUE IS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116 NEG. FLOW TOT. 1 (400) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
HART VERSION (585). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 NEG. FLOW TOT. 2 (416) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
HEIGHT UNIT (011), "Level Easy Height" level selection 75 NORM FLOW UNIT (661) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
HEIGHT UNIT (708), "Height linearized" level type . 90, 95 NR OF REMOTE SE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
HEIGHT UNIT (708), "Linear" level type . . . . . . . . . . 79, 85 NUTS MATERIAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
HistoROM AVAIL. (831). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
HistoROM CONTROL (832) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 O
HYDR. PRESS MAX. (761) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 OFFSET 20mA TRIM (044) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
HYDR. PRESS MIN. (775) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 OFFSET 4mA TRIM (043) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
OPERATING HOURS (409). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
I OUTPUT CURRENT (254) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
INSERT PIN NO (048) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 OUTPUT FAIL MODE (388) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113

Endress+Hauser 143
Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

OUTPUT UNIT (023), "Level Easy Height" level selection . . SET LRV (762), "Level" extended setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
75 SET MAX. ALARM (342) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
OUTPUT UNIT (023), "Level Easy Pressure" level selection . SET MIN. CURRENT (343) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
71 SET URV (012), "Level Easy Height" level selection. . . . . 77
SET URV (012), "Level Easy Pressure" level selection . . . 73
P SET URV (246), "Pressure" measuring mode . . . . . . 64, 70
PCB COUNT SET URV (638), "Flow" extended setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
T Tmin (492) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 SET URV (720), "Level" basic setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
PCB COUNT T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 SET URV (763), "Level" extended setup . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
PCB COUNT T > Tmax (488) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 SET. L. FL. CUT-OFF (323). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
PCB MAX. TEMP. (490). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 Sicherheitshinweise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
PCB MIN. TEMP. (494) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 SIM. CURRENT (270) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
PCB TEMPERATURE (357) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 SIM. ERROR NO. (476) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Pmax ALARM WINDOW (333) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129 SIM. LEVEL (714) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Pmax PROC. CONN. (570) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118 SIM. PRESSURE (414) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Pmax SENS. DAMAGE (252) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 SIM. TANK CONT. (715) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Pmin ALARM WINDOW (332). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129 SIM.FLOW VALUE (639) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Pmin SENS. DAMAGE (251) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 SIMULATION MODE (413) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
POS. INPUT VALUE (563) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64–65, 68 SOFTWARE VERSION (264) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
POS. ZERO ADJUST (685) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64–65, 67–68 STD. FLOW UNIT (660) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
PREAMBLE NUMBER (036) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116 SUPPRESSED FLOW (375). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
PRESS. ENG. UNIT (060) . . . . . . . . . . . . 69–70, 74, 77, 97
PRESS. SENS HILIM (485) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 T
PRESS. SENS LOLIM (484) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 TABLE ACTIVATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
PRESSURE (301), "Flow" measuring mode. . . . . . . . . . . 123 TABLE SELECTION (808), on-site operation. . . . . . . . 105
PRESSURE (301), "Level" measuring mode . . . . . . . . . . 122 TABLE SELECTION, digital communication. . . . . . . . . 107
PRESSURE, "Pressure" measuring mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 TANK CONTENT (370) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
PRIMARY VALUE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116 TANK CONTENT MAX (713) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104, 107
PROC. CONN. TYPE (482) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118 TANK CONTENT MIN (759) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104, 107
PROCESS DENSITY (025)/(811). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 TANK DESCRIPTION (815) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106, 109
TANK HEIGHT (859) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Q TANK VOLUME (858) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Quick Setup "Flow" menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 TEMP. ENG. UNIT (318), "Flow" measuring mode . . . 103
Quick Setup "Level" menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 TEMP. ENG. UNIT (318), "Level" measuring mode . . . 101
Quick Setup "Pressure" menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 TEMP. ENG. UNIT (318), "Pressure" measuring mode 100
THIRD VALUE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
R THIRD VALUE IS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
REMOTE SEAL - . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119 THREAD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
REMOTE SEAL + . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119 Tmax ALARM WINDOW (335). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
RESET ALL ALARMS (603). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128 Tmax SENSOR (369). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
RESET PEAKHOLD (382). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 Tmin ALARM WINDOW (334) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
RESET TOTALIZER1 (331) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 Tmin SENSOR (368) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
TOT. 1 USER UNIT (627) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
S TOT. 2 USER UNIT (628) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
SEAL TYPE (362) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119 TOTAL. 1 OVERFLOW (655). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
SECONDARY VAL. IS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116 TOTAL. 2 OVERFLOW (658). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
SECONDARY VALUE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116 TOTALIZER 1 (652) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
SELECT ALARMTYPE (595), (600) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128 TOTALIZER 1 UNIT (398), (662), (664), (666) . . . . . 110
SENS H/WARE REV (487) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 TOTALIZER 2 (657) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
SENSOR MEAS.TYPE (581). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 TOTALIZER 2 UNIT (399), (663), (665), (667) . . . . . 111
SENSOR PRESSURE (584), "Pressure" measuring mode . . . .
121–122 U
SENSOR PRESSURE (584), "Safety confirm." group. . . . 123 UNIT FLOW (391). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
SENSOR SER. No. (250) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 UNIT VOLUME (313), "Height linearized" level type. . . . 91
SENSOR TEMP. (367) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121–123 UNIT VOLUME (313), "Linear" level type . . . . . . . . . 80, 84
SET LRV (013), "Level Easy Height" level selection . . . . . 77 UNIT VOLUME (313), "Pressure linearized" level type . . 87
SET LRV (013), "Level Easy Pressure" level selection . . . 73
SET LRV (245), "Pressure" measuring mode . . . . . . 64, 69 X
SET LRV (637), "Flow" extended setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 X-VAL. (550), on-site operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
SET LRV (719), "Level" basic setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 X-VAL., digital communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108

144 Endress+Hauser
Cerabar S/Deltabar S/Deltapilot S 4...20mA HART

Y
Y-VAL. (551), on-site operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105–106
Y-VAL., digital communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108

Z
ZERO POSITION (814), "Height linearized" level type . . 96
ZERO POSITION (814), "Linear" level type . . . . . . . . . . . 86

Endress+Hauser 145
146
147
71336359

www.addresses.endress.com

You might also like